ChangeLog rotatation and copyright year update
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
40b36596
JM
532@ifset TIC6X
533
534@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
535 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
536 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
537 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 538@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
539@ifset TILEGX
540
541@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 542 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
543@end ifset
544@ifset TILEPRO
545@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
546@end ifset
b6605ddd 547@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 548
b6605ddd
EB
549@emph{Target Visium options:}
550 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
551@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
552@ifset XTENSA
553
554@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
555 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
556 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
557 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
558 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 559 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 560@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
561@ifset Z80
562
563@emph{Target Z80 options:}
564 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
565 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
566 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
567 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
568 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
569 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
570 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
571@end ifset
a4fb0134 572@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 573
a4fb0134 574@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 575@end ifset
e0001a05 576
0285c67d 577@c man end
252b5132
RH
578@end smallexample
579
0285c67d
NC
580@c man begin OPTIONS
581
a4fb0134 582@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 583@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 584
83f10cb2 585@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
586Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
589@item -ac
590omit false conditionals
591
592@item -ad
593omit debugging directives
594
83f10cb2
NC
595@item -ag
596include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
597
252b5132
RH
598@item -ah
599include high-level source
600
601@item -al
602include assembly
603
604@item -am
605include macro expansions
606
607@item -an
608omit forms processing
609
610@item -as
611include symbols
612
613@item =file
614set the name of the listing file
615@end table
616
617You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
618listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
619the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
620
caa32fe5 621@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
622Begin in alternate macro mode.
623@ifclear man
624@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
625@end ifclear
caa32fe5 626
955974c6
CC
627@item --compress-debug-sections
628Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
629to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
630compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
631
632@item --nocompress-debug-sections
633Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
634
252b5132
RH
635@item -D
636Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
637other assemblers.
638
3d6b762c
JM
639@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
640When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
641information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
642
252b5132
RH
643@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
644Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
645@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
646indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
647value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
648use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
649
650@item -f
651``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
652compiler output).
653
329e276d
NC
654@item -g
655@itemx --gen-debug
656Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
657debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
658ECOFF or DWARF2.
659
252b5132
RH
660@item --gstabs
661Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
662may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
663
05da4302
NC
664@item --gstabs+
665Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
666extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
667debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
668may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
669the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
670
329e276d 671@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 672Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 673may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 674option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 675
b40bf0a2
NC
676@item --gdwarf-sections
677Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
678.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
679corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
680will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
681@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
682then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
683suffix.
684
21be61f5
L
685@item --size-check=error
686@itemx --size-check=warning
687Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
688
252b5132
RH
689@item --help
690Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
691
ea20a7da
CC
692@item --target-help
693Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
694
252b5132
RH
695@item -I @var{dir}
696Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
697
698@item -J
699Don't warn about signed overflow.
700
701@item -K
702@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
703This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
704@end ifclear
705@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
706Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
707@end ifset
708
709@item -L
710@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
711Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
712system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
713or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
714@ifclear man
715@xref{Symbol Names}.
716@end ifclear
252b5132 717
c3a27914
NC
718@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
719Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
720listing to @var{number}.
721
722@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
723Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
724lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
725
726@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
727Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
728@var{number} bytes.
729
730@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
731Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
732to @var{number} + 1.
733
252b5132 734@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 735Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
736
737@item -R
738Fold the data section into the text section.
739
4bdd3565
NC
740@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
741Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
742@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
743assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
744memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
745requirements at the expense of speed.
746
747@item --reduce-memory-overheads
748This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
749assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
750@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
751
252b5132
RH
752@item --statistics
753Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
754assembly.
755
756@item --strip-local-absolute
757Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
758
759@item -v
760@itemx -version
a4fb0134 761Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
762
763@item --version
a4fb0134 764Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
765
766@item -W
2bdd6cf5 767@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
768Suppress warning messages.
769
2bdd6cf5
GK
770@item --fatal-warnings
771Treat warnings as errors.
772
773@item --warn
774Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
775
252b5132
RH
776@item -w
777Ignored.
778
779@item -x
780Ignored.
781
782@item -Z
783Generate an object file even after errors.
784
785@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
786Standard input, or source files to assemble.
787
788@end table
2a633939
JM
789@c man end
790
a06ea964
NC
791@ifset AARCH64
792
793@ifclear man
794@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
795for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
796@end ifclear
797
798@ifset man
799@c man begin OPTIONS
800The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
80164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
802@c man end
803@c man begin INCLUDE
804@include c-aarch64.texi
805@c ended inside the included file
806@end ifset
807
808@end ifset
809
2a633939
JM
810@ifset ALPHA
811
812@ifclear man
813@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
814for an Alpha processor.
815@end ifclear
816
817@ifset man
818@c man begin OPTIONS
819The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
820processor.
821@c man end
822@c man begin INCLUDE
823@include c-alpha.texi
824@c ended inside the included file
825@end ifset
826
827@end ifset
252b5132 828
2a633939 829@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
830@ifset ARC
831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
832an ARC processor.
833
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
835@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
836This option selects the core processor variant.
837@item -EB | -EL
838Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
839@end table
840@end ifset
841
842@ifset ARM
843The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
844processor family.
845
a4fb0134 846@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 847@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 848Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 849@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 850Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 851@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 852Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
853@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
854Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
855@item -mthumb
856Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 857@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
858Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
859@item -EB | -EL
860Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
861@item -mthumb-interwork
862Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
863ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
864@item -mccs
865Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
866@item -k
867Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
868@end table
869@end ifset
635fb38d 870@c man end
252b5132 871
9982501a 872@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
873
874@ifclear man
875@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
876configured for the Blackfin processor family.
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
882the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-bfin.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
9982501a 888
9982501a
JZ
889@end ifset
890
635fb38d 891@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
892@ifset CRIS
893See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
894@end ifset
895
252b5132
RH
896@ifset D10V
897The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
898a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 899@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
900@cindex D10V optimization
901@cindex optimization, D10V
902@item -O
903Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
904@end table
905@end ifset
906
907@ifset D30V
908The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
909processor.
a4fb0134 910@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
911@cindex D30V optimization
912@cindex optimization, D30V
913@item -O
914Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
915
916@cindex D30V nops
917@item -n
918Warn when nops are generated.
919
920@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
921@item -N
922Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
923@end table
924@end ifset
731caf76
L
925@c man end
926
cfb8c092
NC
927@ifset EPIPHANY
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
929Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
930
56b13185
JR
931@ifclear man
932@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
933configured for an Epiphany processor.
934@end ifclear
cfb8c092 935
56b13185
JR
936@ifset man
937@c man begin OPTIONS
938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
939an Epiphany processor.
940@c man end
941@c man begin INCLUDE
942@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
943@c ended inside the included file
944@end ifset
945
946@end ifset
947
948@ifset H8300
949
950@ifclear man
951@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
952for an H8/300 processor.
953@end ifclear
954
955@ifset man
956@c man begin OPTIONS
957The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
958processor.
959@c man end
960@c man begin INCLUDE
961@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
962@c ended inside the included file
963@end ifset
cfb8c092 964
cfb8c092
NC
965@end ifset
966
731caf76 967@ifset I80386
252b5132 968
731caf76
L
969@ifclear man
970@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
971configured for an i386 processor.
972@end ifclear
973
974@ifset man
975@c man begin OPTIONS
976The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
977an i386 processor.
978@c man end
979@c man begin INCLUDE
980@include c-i386.texi
981@c ended inside the included file
982@end ifset
983
984@end ifset
985
986@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
987@ifset I960
988The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
989Intel 80960 processor.
990
a4fb0134 991@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
992@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
993Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
994
995@item -b
996Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
997
998@item -no-relax
999Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1000error if necessary.
1001
1002@end table
1003@end ifset
1004
a40cbfa3
NC
1005@ifset IP2K
1006The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1007Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1008
1009@table @gcctabopt
1010
1011@item -mip2022ext
1012Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1013
1014@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1015Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1016just the basic IP2022 ones.
1017
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
49f58d10
JB
1021@ifset M32C
1022The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1023Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1024
1025@table @gcctabopt
1026
1027@item -m32c
1028Assemble M32C instructions.
1029
1030@item -m16c
1031Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1032
c54b5932
DD
1033@item -relax
1034Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1035
1036@item -h-tick-hex
1037Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1038
49f58d10
JB
1039@end table
1040@end ifset
1041
ec694b89
NC
1042@ifset M32R
1043The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1044Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1045
a4fb0134 1046@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1047
1048@item --m32rx
1049Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1050is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1051
1052@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1053Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1054encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1055
1056@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1057Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1058encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1059
1060@end table
1061@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1062
1063@ifset M680X0
1064The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1065Motorola 68000 series.
1066
a4fb0134 1067@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1068
1069@item -l
1070Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1071
0285c67d
NC
1072@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1073@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1074@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1075Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1076is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1077
1078@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1079The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1080The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1081the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1082two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1083coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1084
1085@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1086The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1087unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1088
1089@end table
1090@end ifset
1091
36591ba1
SL
1092@ifset NIOSII
1093
1094@ifclear man
1095@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1096for an Altera Nios II processor.
1097@end ifclear
1098
1099@ifset man
1100@c man begin OPTIONS
1101The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1102Altera Nios II processor.
1103@c man end
1104@c man begin INCLUDE
1105@include c-nios2.texi
1106@c ended inside the included file
1107@end ifset
1108@end ifset
1109
e135f41b
NC
1110@ifset PDP11
1111
1112For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1113see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1114
a4fb0134 1115@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1116@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1117Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1118default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1119
1120@item -mall
1121@itemx -mall-extensions
1122Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1123
1124@item -mno-extensions
1125Disable all instruction set extensions.
1126
1127@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1128Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1129
1130@item -m@var{cpu}
1131Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1132disable all other extensions.
1133
1134@item -m@var{machine}
1135Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1136model, and disable all other extensions.
1137@end table
1138
1139@end ifset
1140
041dd5a9
ILT
1141@ifset PJ
1142The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1143a picoJava processor.
1144
a4fb0134 1145@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1146
1147@cindex PJ endianness
1148@cindex endianness, PJ
1149@cindex big endian output, PJ
1150@item -mb
1151Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1152
1153@cindex little endian output, PJ
1154@item -ml
1155Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1156
1157@end table
1158@end ifset
1159
60bcf0fa
NC
1160@ifset M68HC11
1161The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1162Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1163
a4fb0134 1164@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1165
6927f982 1166@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1167Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1168defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1169
6927f982
NC
1170@item --xgate-ramoffset
1171Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1172XGATE address space.
1173
2f904664
SC
1174@item -mshort
1175Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1176
1177@item -mlong
01642c12 1178Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1179
1180@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1181Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1182
1183@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1184Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1185
1370e33d 1186@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1187Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1188conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1189sub routine.
1190
1370e33d
NC
1191@item -S | --short-branches
1192Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1193when the offset is out of range.
1194
1195@item --strict-direct-mode
1196Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1197when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1198
1199@item --print-insn-syntax
1200Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1201
1202@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1203Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1204
1205@item --generate-example
6927f982 1206Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1207This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1208
1209@end table
1210@end ifset
1211
252b5132 1212@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1213The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1214for the SPARC architecture:
1215
a4fb0134 1216@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1217@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1218@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1219Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1220
1221@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1222@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1223
1224@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1225UltraSPARC extensions.
1226
1227@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1228For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1229equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1230
1231@item -bump
1232Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1233@end table
1234@end ifset
1235
39bec121
TW
1236@ifset TIC54X
1237The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1238architecture.
39bec121 1239
a4fb0134 1240@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1241@item -mfar-mode
1242Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1243extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1244@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1245Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1246@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1247Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1248behaviour in the shell.
1249@end table
1250@end ifset
1251
252b5132
RH
1252@ifset MIPS
1253The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1254a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1255
a4fb0134 1256@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1257@item -G @var{num}
1258This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1259implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1260use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1261
1262@cindex MIPS endianness
1263@cindex endianness, MIPS
1264@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1265@item -EB
1266Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1267
1268@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1269@item -EL
1270Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1271
1272@cindex MIPS ISA
1273@item -mips1
1274@itemx -mips2
1275@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1276@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1277@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1278@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1279@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1280@itemx -mips32r3
1281@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1282@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1283@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1284@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1285@itemx -mips64r3
1286@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1287@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1288Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1289@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1290alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1291@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1292@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1293@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1294@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1295MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1296Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1297MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1298
98508b2a
RS
1299@item -march=@var{cpu}
1300Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1301
1302@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1303Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1304
1305@item -mfix7000
1306@itemx -mno-fix7000
1307Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1308of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1309
a8d14a88
CM
1310@item -mfix-rm7000
1311@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1312Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1313followed by a load instruction.
1314
ecb4347a
DJ
1315@item -mdebug
1316@itemx -no-mdebug
1317Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1318section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1319
dcd410fe
RO
1320@item -mpdr
1321@itemx -mno-pdr
1322Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1323
437ee9d5
TS
1324@item -mgp32
1325@itemx -mfp32
1326The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1327flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1328all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1329and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1330
351cdf24
MF
1331@item -mgp64
1332@itemx -mfp64
1333The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1334flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1335all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1336and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1337
1338@item -mfpxx
1339The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1340this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1341which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
134232 or 64 bits wide.
1343
1344@item -modd-spreg
1345@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1346Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1347registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1348@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1349
437ee9d5
TS
1350@item -mips16
1351@itemx -no-mips16
1352Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1353@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1354turns off this option.
252b5132 1355
df58fc94
RS
1356@item -mmicromips
1357@itemx -mno-micromips
1358Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1359@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1360turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1361at the start of the assembly file.
1362
e16bfa71
TS
1363@item -msmartmips
1364@itemx -mno-smartmips
1365Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1366equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1367@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1368
1f25f5d3
CD
1369@item -mips3d
1370@itemx -no-mips3d
1371Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1372This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1373@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1374
deec1734
CD
1375@item -mdmx
1376@itemx -no-mdmx
1377Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1378This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1379@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1380
2ef2b9ae
CF
1381@item -mdsp
1382@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1383Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1384This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1385@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1386
8b082fb1
TS
1387@item -mdspr2
1388@itemx -mno-dspr2
1389Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1390This option implies -mdsp.
1391This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1392@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1393
56d438b1
CF
1394@item -mmsa
1395@itemx -mno-msa
1396Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1397This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1398@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1399
7d64c587
AB
1400@item -mxpa
1401@itemx -mno-xpa
1402Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1403This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1404@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1405
ef2e4d86
CF
1406@item -mmt
1407@itemx -mno-mt
1408Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1409This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1410@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1411
dec0624d
MR
1412@item -mmcu
1413@itemx -mno-mcu
1414Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1415This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1416@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1417
833794fc
MR
1418@item -minsn32
1419@itemx -mno-insn32
1420Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1421microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1422instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1423the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1424option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1425start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1426selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1427
437ee9d5
TS
1428@item --construct-floats
1429@itemx --no-construct-floats
1430The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1431double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1432value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1433the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1434selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1435
3bf0dbfb
MR
1436@item --relax-branch
1437@itemx --no-relax-branch
1438The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1439branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1440out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1441
ba92f887
MR
1442@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1443Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1444(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1445
252b5132
RH
1446@cindex emulation
1447@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1448This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1449on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1450removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1451It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1452
1453The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1454@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1455is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1456big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1457preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1458
1459@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1460@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1461the native tools.
1462
252b5132
RH
1463@item --trap
1464@itemx --no-trap
1465@itemx --break
1466@itemx --no-break
1467Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1468@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1469(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1470@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1471break exception.
63486801
L
1472
1473@item -n
a4fb0134 1474When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1475time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1476@end table
1477@end ifset
1478
1479@ifset MCORE
1480The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1481an MCore processor.
1482
a4fb0134 1483@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1484@item -jsri2bsr
1485@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1486Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1487The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1488
1489@item -sifilter
1490@itemx -nosifilter
1491Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1492The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1493
1494@item -relax
1495Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1496
ec694b89
NC
1497@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1498Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1499can be assembled.
1500
1501@item -EB
1502Assemble for a big endian target.
1503
1504@item -EL
1505Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1506
1507@end table
1508@end ifset
a3c62988 1509@c man end
252b5132 1510
a3c62988
NC
1511@ifset METAG
1512
1513@ifclear man
1514@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1515for a Meta processor.
1516@end ifclear
1517
1518@ifset man
1519@c man begin OPTIONS
1520The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1521Meta processor.
1522@c man end
1523@c man begin INCLUDE
1524@include c-metag.texi
1525@c ended inside the included file
1526@end ifset
1527
1528@end ifset
1529
1530@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1531@ifset MMIX
1532See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1533@end ifset
1534
35c08157
KLC
1535@ifset NDS32
1536
1537@ifclear man
1538@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1539for a NDS32 processor.
1540@end ifclear
1541@c ended inside the included file
1542@end ifset
1543
1544@ifset man
1545@c man begin OPTIONS
1546The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1547NDS32 processor.
1548@c man end
1549@c man begin INCLUDE
1550@include c-nds32.texi
1551@c ended inside the included file
1552@end ifset
1553
635fb38d 1554@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1555@ifset PPC
1556
1557@ifclear man
1558@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1559for a PowerPC processor.
1560@end ifclear
1561
1562@ifset man
1563@c man begin OPTIONS
1564The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1565PowerPC processor.
1566@c man end
1567@c man begin INCLUDE
1568@include c-ppc.texi
1569@c ended inside the included file
1570@end ifset
1571
1572@end ifset
1573
635fb38d 1574@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1575@ifset RX
1576See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1577@end ifset
1578
11c19e16
MS
1579@ifset S390
1580The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1581processor family.
1582
1583@table @gcctabopt
1584@item -m31
1585@itemx -m64
1586Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1587@item -mesa
1588@item -mzarch
1589Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1590Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1591@item -march=@var{processor}
1592Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1593@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1594@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1595@item -mregnames
1596@itemx -mno-regnames
1597Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1598@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1599Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1600but evaluates to zero.
1601@end table
1602@end ifset
2a633939 1603@c man end
11c19e16 1604
40b36596 1605@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1606
1607@ifclear man
1608@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1609for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1610@end ifclear
1611
1612@ifset man
1613@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1614The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1615TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1616@c man end
1617@c man begin INCLUDE
1618@include c-tic6x.texi
1619@c ended inside the included file
1620@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1621
1622@end ifset
1623
aa137e4d
NC
1624@ifset TILEGX
1625
1626@ifclear man
1627@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1628for a TILE-Gx processor.
1629@end ifclear
1630
1631@ifset man
1632@c man begin OPTIONS
1633The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1634processor.
1635@c man end
1636@c man begin INCLUDE
1637@include c-tilegx.texi
1638@c ended inside the included file
1639@end ifset
1640
1641@end ifset
1642
b6605ddd
EB
1643@ifset VISIUM
1644
1645@ifclear man
1646@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1647for a Visium processor.
1648@end ifclear
1649
1650@ifset man
1651@c man begin OPTIONS
1652The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1653processor.
1654@c man end
1655@c man begin INCLUDE
1656@include c-visium.texi
1657@c ended inside the included file
1658@end ifset
1659
1660@end ifset
1661
e0001a05 1662@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1663
2d8b84ae
SA
1664@ifclear man
1665@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1666for an Xtensa processor.
1667@end ifclear
1668
1669@ifset man
1670@c man begin OPTIONS
1671The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1672Xtensa processor.
1673@c man end
1674@c man begin INCLUDE
1675@include c-xtensa.texi
1676@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1677@end ifset
1678
2d8b84ae
SA
1679@end ifset
1680
1681@c man begin OPTIONS
1682
3c9b82ba
NC
1683@ifset Z80
1684The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1685a Z80 family processor.
1686@table @gcctabopt
1687@item -z80
1688Assemble for Z80 processor.
1689@item -r800
1690Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1691@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1692@itemx -Wnud
1693Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1694@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1695@itemx -Wnup
1696Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1697@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1698@itemx -Wud
1699Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1700@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1701@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1702Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1703@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1704@itemx -Fud
1705Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1706@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1707@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1708Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1709@end table
1710@end ifset
1711
0285c67d
NC
1712@c man end
1713
252b5132
RH
1714@menu
1715* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1716* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1717* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1718* Command Line:: Command Line
1719* Input Files:: Input Files
1720* Object:: Output (Object) File
1721* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1722@end menu
1723
1724@node Manual
1725@section Structure of this Manual
1726
1727@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1728This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1729@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1730notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1731@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1732
1733@ifclear GENERIC
1734We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1735configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1736@end ifclear
1737@ifset GENERIC
1738This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1739various flavors of the assembler.
1740@end ifset
1741
1742@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1743On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1744to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1745In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1746architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1747mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1748particular architecture.
1749@ifset GENERIC
1750You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1751machine architecture manual for this information.
1752@end ifset
1753@ifclear GENERIC
1754@ifset H8/300
1755For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1756Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1757Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1758@end ifset
252b5132 1759@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1760For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1761see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1762@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1763@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1764@end ifset
1765@ifset Z8000
1766For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1767@end ifset
1768@end ifclear
1769
1770@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1771@ignore
1772Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1773the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1774Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1775computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1776once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1777qualification.
1778
a4fb0134 1779@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1780human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1781computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1782@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1783@end ignore
1784
1785@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1786@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1787@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1788@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1789@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1790@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1791@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1792@c directives).
1793
1794@node GNU Assembler
1795@section The GNU Assembler
1796
0285c67d
NC
1797@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1798
a4fb0134 1799@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1800@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1801This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1802configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1803@end ifclear
1804If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1805should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1806architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1807including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1808@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1809
1810@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1811@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1812@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1813@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1814assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1815machine would assemble.
1816@ifset VAX
1817Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1818@end ifset
1819@ifset M680X0
1820@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1821@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1822This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1823assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1824incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1825@end ifset
1826
0285c67d
NC
1827@c man end
1828
a4fb0134 1829Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1830program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1831@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1832
1833@node Object Formats
1834@section Object File Formats
1835
1836@cindex object file format
1837The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1838object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1839write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1840are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1841Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1842@ifclear GENERIC
1843@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1844For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1845@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1846@end ifclear
1847@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1848@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1849On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1850@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1851@end ifset
1852@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1853On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1854SOM or ELF format object files.
1855@end ifset
1856@end ifclear
1857
1858@node Command Line
1859@section Command Line
1860
1861@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1862
a4fb0134 1863After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1864options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1865before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1866significant.
1867
1868@cindex standard input, as input file
1869@kindex --
1870@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1871explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1872
1873@cindex options, command line
1874Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1875hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1876@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1877option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1878the letter is important. All options are optional.
1879
1880Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1881name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1882with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1883standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1884
1885@smallexample
1886@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1887@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1888@end smallexample
1889
1890@node Input Files
1891@section Input Files
1892
1893@cindex input
1894@cindex source program
1895@cindex files, input
1896We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1897describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1898be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1899doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1900
1901@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1902@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1903The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1904order specified.
1905
0285c67d 1906@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1907Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1908program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1909(The standard input is also a file.)
1910
a4fb0134 1911You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1912names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1913command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1914is taken to be an input file name.
1915
a4fb0134
SC
1916If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1917from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1918may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1919to assemble.
1920
1921Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1922in your command line.
1923
a4fb0134 1924If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1925file.
1926
0285c67d
NC
1927@c man end
1928
252b5132
RH
1929@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1930
1931@cindex input file linenumbers
1932@cindex line numbers, in input files
1933There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1934either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1935number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1936``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1937
1938@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1939to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1940
1941@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1942directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1943error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1944is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1945@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1946@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1947
1948@node Object
1949@section Output (Object) File
1950
1951@cindex object file
1952@cindex output file
1953@kindex a.out
1954@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1955Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1956your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1957is the object file. Its default name is
1958@ifclear BOUT
1959@code{a.out}.
1960@end ifclear
1961@ifset BOUT
1962@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1963@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1964@end ifset
a4fb0134 1965@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1966@end ifset
a4fb0134 1967You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1968object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1969reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1970directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1971possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1972
1973@cindex linker
1974@kindex ld
1975The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1976assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1977the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1978information for the debugger.
1979
1980@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1981@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1982
1983@node Errors
1984@section Error and Warning Messages
1985
0285c67d
NC
1986@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1987
a349d9dd 1988@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1989@cindex warning messages
1990@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1991@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1992file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1993runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1994that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1995grave problem that stops the assembly.
1996
0285c67d
NC
1997@c man end
1998
252b5132
RH
1999@cindex format of warning messages
2000Warning messages have the format
2001
2002@smallexample
2003file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2004@end smallexample
2005
2006@noindent
2007@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2008(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2009(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2010the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2011@ifset GENERIC
2012(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2013@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2014then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2015otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2016message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2017tradition).
2018
2019@cindex format of error messages
2020Error messages have the format
2021@smallexample
2022file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2023@end smallexample
2024The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2025messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2026because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2027
2028@node Invoking
2029@chapter Command-Line Options
2030
2031@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2032This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2033versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2034for options specific
252b5132 2035@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2036to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2037@end ifclear
2038@ifset GENERIC
2039to particular machine architectures.
2040@end ifset
2041
0285c67d
NC
2042@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2043
c1253627 2044If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2045you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2046The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2047by commas. For example:
2048
2049@smallexample
2050gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2051@end smallexample
2052
2053@noindent
2054This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2055standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2056local symbols in the symbol table).
2057
2058Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2059command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2060(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2061precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2062assembler.)
2063
0285c67d
NC
2064@c man end
2065
252b5132 2066@menu
83f10cb2 2067* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2068* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2069* D:: -D for compatibility
2070* f:: -f to work faster
2071* I:: -I for .include search path
2072@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2073* K:: -K for compatibility
2074@end ifclear
2075@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2076* K:: -K for difference tables
2077@end ifset
2078
ba83aca1 2079* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2080* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2081* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2082* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2083* o:: -o to name the object file
2084* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2085* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2086* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2087* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2088* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2089* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2090@end menu
2091
2092@node a
83f10cb2 2093@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2094
2095@kindex -a
2096@kindex -ac
2097@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2098@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2099@kindex -ah
2100@kindex -al
2101@kindex -an
2102@kindex -as
2103@cindex listings, enabling
2104@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2105
2106These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2107@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2108You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2109@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2110@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2111@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2112High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2113@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2114also.
2115
83f10cb2
NC
2116Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2117information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2118
252b5132
RH
2119Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2120which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2121other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2122omitted from the listing.
2123
2124Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2125listing.
2126
2127Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2128listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2129@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2130@code{.sbttl}.
2131The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2132If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2133listing-control directives have no effect.
2134
2135The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2136@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2137
96e9638b
BW
2138Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2139because it
c3a27914
NC
2140is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2141is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2142directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2143stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2144memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2145
caa32fe5
NC
2146@node alternate
2147@section @option{--alternate}
2148
2149@kindex --alternate
2150Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2151
252b5132 2152@node D
a4fb0134 2153@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2154
2155@kindex -D
2156This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2157likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2158@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2159
2160@node f
a4fb0134 2161@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2162
2163@kindex -f
2164@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2165@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2166@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2167(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2168and comment preprocessing on
2169the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2170,Preprocessing}.
2171
2172@quotation
2173@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2174preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2175not work correctly.
2176@end quotation
2177
2178@node I
c1253627 2179@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2180
2181@kindex -I @var{path}
2182@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2183@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2184@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2185Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2186@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2187directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2188many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2189working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2190searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2191specified (left to right) on the command line.
2192
2193@node K
a4fb0134 2194@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2195
2196@kindex -K
2197@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2198On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2199permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2200where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2201generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2202family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2203alteration on other platforms.
2204@end ifclear
2205
2206@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2207@cindex difference tables, warning
2208@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2209@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2210form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2211You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2212is done.
2213@end ifset
2214
2215@node L
ba83aca1 2216@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2217
2218@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2219@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2220Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2221@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2222called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2223such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2224programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2225notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2226such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2227
2228This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2229in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2230@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2231
c3a27914 2232@node listing
a4fb0134 2233@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2234
2235The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2236@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2237hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2238them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2239directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2240@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2241@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2242@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2243
a4fb0134 2244@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2245@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2246@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2247@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2248Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2249dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2250
2251@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2252@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2253@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2254Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2255a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2256the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2257switch is used the default is to one.
2258
2259@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2260@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2261@cindex Width of source line output
2262Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2263alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2264source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2265
2266@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2267@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2268@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2269Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2270displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2271@end table
2272
252b5132 2273@node M
a4fb0134 2274@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2275
2276@kindex -M
2277@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2278The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2279changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2280compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2281configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2282MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2283information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2284arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2285assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2286
2287The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2288depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2289file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2290individually. These are:
2291
2292@itemize @bullet
2293@item global symbols in common section
2294
2295The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2296Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2297common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2298symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2299symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2300
2301@item complex relocations
2302
2303The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2304relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2305are not support by other object file formats.
2306
2307@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2308
2309The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2310This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2311instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2312script.
2313
2314@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2315
2316The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2317name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2318
2319@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2320
2321The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2322address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2323which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2324not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2325assigned within a linker script.
2326@end itemize
2327
2328There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2329@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2330seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2331
2332@itemize @bullet
2333
2334@item EBCDIC strings
2335
2336EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2337
2338@item packed binary coded decimal
2339
2340Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2341and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2342
2343@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2344
2345The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2346
2347@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2348
2349The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2350
2351@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2352
2353The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2354@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2355relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2356these options serve no purpose.
2357
2358@item @code{OPT} list control options
2359
2360The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2361@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2362@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2363
2364@item other @code{OPT} options
2365
2366The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2367@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2368
2369@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2370
2371The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2372@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2373
2374@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2375
2376The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2377
2378@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2379
2380The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2381
2382@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2383
2384The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2385
2386@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2387
2388The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2389
2390@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2391
2392The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2393
2394@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2395
2396The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2397
2398@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2399
2400The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2401
2402@end itemize
2403
2404@node MD
c1253627 2405@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2406
2407@kindex --MD
2408@cindex dependency tracking
2409@cindex make rules
2410
a4fb0134 2411@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2412file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2413dependencies of the main source file.
2414
2415The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2416
2417This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2418
2419@node o
a4fb0134 2420@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2421
2422@kindex -o
2423@cindex naming object file
2424@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2425There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2426default it has the name
2427@ifset GENERIC
2428@ifset I960
2429@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2430@end ifset
2431@ifclear I960
2432@file{a.out}.
2433@end ifclear
2434@end ifset
2435@ifclear GENERIC
2436@ifset I960
2437@file{b.out}.
2438@end ifset
2439@ifclear I960
2440@file{a.out}.
2441@end ifclear
2442@end ifclear
2443You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2444object file a different name.
2445
a4fb0134 2446Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2447existing file of the same name.
2448
2449@node R
a4fb0134 2450@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2451
2452@kindex -R
2453@cindex data and text sections, joining
2454@cindex text and data sections, joining
2455@cindex joining text and data sections
2456@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2457@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2458data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2459the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2460section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2461your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2462appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2463
a4fb0134 2464When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2465address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2466data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2467older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2468
c1253627
NC
2469@ifset COFF-ELF
2470When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2471this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2472@samp{.data}.
2473@end ifset
2474
2475@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2476@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2477@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2478@end ifset
2479
2480@node statistics
a4fb0134 2481@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2482
2483@kindex --statistics
2484@cindex statistics, about assembly
2485@cindex time, total for assembly
2486@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2487Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2488@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2489(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2490seconds).
2491
2492@node traditional-format
c1253627 2493@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2494
2495@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2496For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2497from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2498@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2499
2500For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2501@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2502
2503@node v
a4fb0134 2504@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2505
2506@kindex -v
2507@kindex -version
2508@cindex assembler version
2509@cindex version of assembler
2510You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2511option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2512command line.
2513
2514@node W
a4fb0134 2515@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2516
a4fb0134 2517@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2518assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2519cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2520made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2521
c1253627
NC
2522@kindex -W
2523@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2524@cindex suppressing warnings
2525@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2526If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2527This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2528how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2529are still reported.
2530
c1253627 2531@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2532@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2533@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2534If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2535files that generate warnings to be in error.
2536
c1253627 2537@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2538@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2539You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2540causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2541
2542@node Z
a4fb0134 2543@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2544@cindex object file, after errors
2545@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2546After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2547some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2548@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2549option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2550writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2551errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2552
2553@node Syntax
2554@chapter Syntax
2555
2556@cindex machine-independent syntax
2557@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2558This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2559source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2560assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2561@ifclear VAX
2562assembler.
2563@end ifclear
2564@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2565assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2566@end ifset
2567
2568@menu
7c31ae13 2569* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2570* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2571* Comments:: Comments
2572* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2573* Statements:: Statements
2574* Constants:: Constants
2575@end menu
2576
2577@node Preprocessing
2578@section Preprocessing
2579
2580@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2581The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2582@itemize @bullet
2583@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2584@item
2585adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2586the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2587a single space.
2588
2589@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2590@item
2591removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2592appropriate number of newlines.
2593
2594@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2595@item
2596converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2597@end itemize
2598
2599It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2600anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2601do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2602(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2603to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2604@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2605Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2606
2607Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2608cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2609preprocessed.
2610
2611@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2612@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2613@kindex #NO_APP
2614@kindex #APP
2615If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2616@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2617Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2618specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2619text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2620@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2621@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2622and whitespace.
2623
2624@node Whitespace
2625@section Whitespace
2626
2627@cindex whitespace
2628@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2629Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2630people to read. Unless within character constants
2631(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2632as exactly one space.
2633
2634@node Comments
2635@section Comments
2636
2637@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2638There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2639cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2640
2641Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2642This means you may not nest these comments.
2643
2644@smallexample
2645/*
2646 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2647 is to use this sort of comment.
2648*/
2649
2650/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2651@end smallexample
2652
2653@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2654Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2655considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2656specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2657line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2658line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2659comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2660upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2661@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2662
2663If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2664special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2665to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2666
2667@kindex #
2668@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2669@cindex logical line numbers
2670To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2671special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2672expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2673line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2674new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2675
2676If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2677the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2678
2679@smallexample
2680 # This is an ordinary comment.
2681# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2682 # This is logical line # 36.
2683@end smallexample
2684This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2685of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2686
2687@node Symbol Intro
2688@section Symbols
2689
2690@cindex characters used in symbols
2691@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2692A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2693letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2694@samp{_.$}.
2695@end ifclear
2696@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2697@ifclear GENERIC
2698@ifset H8
2699A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2700letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2701@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2702symbol names.)
2703@end ifset
2704@end ifclear
2705@end ifset
2706@ifset GENERIC
2707On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2708are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2709@end ifset
2710No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2711There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2712are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2713beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2714of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2715@cindex length of symbols
2716
2717@node Statements
2718@section Statements
2719
2720@cindex statements, structure of
2721@cindex line separator character
2722@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2723
2724A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2725@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2726specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2727target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2728The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2729preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2730exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2731
2732@cindex newline, required at file end
2733@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2734It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2735character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2736
2737An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2738
2739@cindex instructions and directives
2740@cindex directives and instructions
2741@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2742@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2743@c 13feb91.
2744A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2745key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2746symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2747symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2748directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2749a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2750assembles into a machine language instruction.
2751@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2752Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2753recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2754represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2755language.@refill
2756@end ifset
2757
2758@cindex @code{:} (label)
2759@cindex label (@code{:})
2760A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2761Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2762have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2763
2764@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2765For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2766the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2767only one label may be defined on each line.
2768@end ifset
2769
2770@smallexample
2771label: .directive followed by something
2772another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2773 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2774@end smallexample
2775
2776@node Constants
2777@section Constants
2778
2779@cindex constants
2780A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2781inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2782@smallexample
2783@group
2784.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2785.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2786.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2787.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
278895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2789@end group
2790@end smallexample
2791
2792@menu
2793* Characters:: Character Constants
2794* Numbers:: Number Constants
2795@end menu
2796
2797@node Characters
2798@subsection Character Constants
2799
2800@cindex character constants
2801@cindex constants, character
2802There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2803for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2804numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2805@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2806used in arithmetic expressions.
2807
2808@menu
2809* Strings:: Strings
2810* Chars:: Characters
2811@end menu
2812
2813@node Strings
2814@subsubsection Strings
2815
2816@cindex string constants
2817@cindex constants, string
2818A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2819double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2820into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2821a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2822one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2823@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2824(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2825escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2826
2827@cindex escape codes, character
2828@cindex character escape codes
2829@table @kbd
2830@c @item \a
2831@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2832@c
2833@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2834@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2835@item \b
2836Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2837
2838@c @item \e
2839@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2840@c
2841@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2842@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2843@item \f
2844Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2845
2846@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2847@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2848@item \n
2849Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2850
2851@c @item \p
2852@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2853@c
2854@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2855@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2856@item \r
2857Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2858
2859@c @item \s
2860@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2861@c other assemblers.
2862@c
2863@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2864@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2865@item \t
2866Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2867
2868@c @item \v
2869@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2870@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2871@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2872@c
2873@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2874@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2875@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2876An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2877For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2878for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2879
2880@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2881@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2882@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2883A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2884lower case @code{x} works.
2885
2886@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2887@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2888@item \\
2889Represents one @samp{\} character.
2890
2891@c @item \'
2892@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2893@c This is needed in single character literals
2894@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2895@c a @samp{'}.
2896@c
2897@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2898@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2899@item \"
2900Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2901this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2902
2903@item \ @var{anything-else}
2904Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2905assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2906you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2907interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2908other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2909code and warns you of the fact.
2910@end table
2911
2912Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2913varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2914the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2915compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2916sequence.
2917
2918@node Chars
2919@subsubsection Characters
2920
2921@cindex single character constant
2922@cindex character, single
2923@cindex constant, single character
2924A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2925followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2926to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2927must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2928@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2929grave accent. A newline
2930@ifclear GENERIC
2931@ifclear abnormal-separator
2932(or semicolon @samp{;})
2933@end ifclear
2934@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2935@ifset H8
2936(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2937Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2938@end ifset
2939@end ifset
2940@end ifclear
2941immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2942and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2943constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2944that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2945@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2946
2947@node Numbers
2948@subsection Number Constants
2949
2950@cindex constants, number
2951@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2952@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2953are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2954would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2955integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2956are floating point numbers, described below.
2957
2958@menu
2959* Integers:: Integers
2960* Bignums:: Bignums
2961* Flonums:: Flonums
2962@ifclear GENERIC
2963@ifset I960
2964* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2965@end ifset
2966@end ifclear
2967@end menu
2968
2969@node Integers
2970@subsubsection Integers
2971@cindex integers
2972@cindex constants, integer
2973
2974@cindex binary integers
2975@cindex integers, binary
2976A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2977the binary digits @samp{01}.
2978
2979@cindex octal integers
2980@cindex integers, octal
2981An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2982digits (@samp{01234567}).
2983
2984@cindex decimal integers
2985@cindex integers, decimal
2986A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2987more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2988
2989@cindex hexadecimal integers
2990@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2991A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2992more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2993
2994Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2995the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2996(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2997
2998@node Bignums
2999@subsubsection Bignums
3000
3001@cindex bignums
3002@cindex constants, bignum
3003A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3004except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3005represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3006integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3007
3008@node Flonums
3009@subsubsection Flonums
3010@cindex flonums
3011@cindex floating point numbers
3012@cindex constants, floating point
3013
3014@cindex precision, floating point
3015A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3016indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3017@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3018sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3019to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3020portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3021
3022A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3023@itemize @bullet
3024@item
3025The digit @samp{0}.
3026@ifset HPPA
3027(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3028@end ifset
3029
3030@item
a4fb0134 3031A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3032@ifset GENERIC
3033@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3034@ignore
3035@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3036(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30374.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3038@end ignore
3039
7be1c489 3040On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3041and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3042one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3043
3044On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3045(in upper or lower case).
3046
3047On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3048one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3049
3050On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3051@end ifset
3052@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3053@ifset ARC
3054One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3055@end ifset
3056@ifset H8
3057One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3058@end ifset
3059@ifset HPPA
3060The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3061@end ifset
3062@ifset I960
3063One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3064@end ifset
3065@end ifclear
3066
3067@item
3068An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3069
3070@item
3071An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3072
3073@item
3074An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3075or more decimal digits.
3076
3077@item
3078An optional exponent, consisting of:
3079
3080@itemize @bullet
3081@item
3082An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3083@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3084@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3085@item
3086Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3087@item
3088One or more decimal digits.
3089@end itemize
3090
3091@end itemize
3092
3093At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3094present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3095
a4fb0134 3096@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3097independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3098@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3099
3100@ifclear GENERIC
3101@ifset I960
3102@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3103@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3104@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3105@node Bit Fields
3106@subsubsection Bit Fields
3107
3108@cindex bit fields
3109@cindex constants, bit field
3110You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3111Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3112@example
3113@var{mask}:@var{value}
3114@end example
3115@noindent
a4fb0134 3116@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3117@var{value}.
3118
3119The resulting number is then packed
3120@ifset GENERIC
3121@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3122(in host-dependent byte order)
3123@end ifset
3124into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3125bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3126requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3127more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3128least significant digits.@refill
3129
3130The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3131@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3132@end ifset
3133@end ifclear
3134
3135@node Sections
3136@chapter Sections and Relocation
3137@cindex sections
3138@cindex relocation
3139
3140@menu
3141* Secs Background:: Background
3142* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3143* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3144* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3145* bss:: bss Section
3146@end menu
3147
3148@node Secs Background
3149@section Background
3150
3151Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3152``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3153For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3154
3155@cindex linker, and assembler
3156@cindex assembler, and linker
3157The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3158combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3159emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3160@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3161different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3162oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3163sections.
3164
3165@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3166addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3167units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3168within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3169run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3170the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3171the proper run-time addresses.
3172@ifset H8
7be1c489 3173For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3174@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3175ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3176@end ifset
3177
3178@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3179An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3180of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3181@dfn{bss} sections.
3182
c1253627 3183@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3184@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3185When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3186@end ifset
a4fb0134 3187@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3188using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3189If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3190or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3191@end ifset
3192
3193@ifset HPPA
3194@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3195When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3196@end ifset
a4fb0134 3197@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3198specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3199@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3200(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3201assembler directives.
3202
3203@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3204Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3205text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3206is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3207BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3208@end ifset
3209@end ifset
3210
3211Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3212data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3213
3214@ifset HPPA
3215When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3216section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3217@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3218@end ifset
3219
3220To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3221relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3222object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3223@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3224file is mentioned:
3225@itemize @bullet
3226@item
3227Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3228an address?
3229@item
3230How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3231@item
3232Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3233@display
3234(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3235@end display
3236@item
3237Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3238@end itemize
3239
3240@cindex addresses, format of
3241@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3242In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3243@display
3244(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3245@end display
3246@noindent
a4fb0134 3247Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3248nature.
3249@ifset SOM
3250(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3251symbol-relative instead.)
3252@end ifset
3253
3254In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3255@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3256
3257Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3258@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3259addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3260@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3261@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3262data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3263their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3264part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3265address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3266
3267The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3268address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3269rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3270Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3271address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3272common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3273time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3274
3275By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3276the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3277sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3278customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3279the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3280data and bss sections.
3281
3282Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3283use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3284
3285@node Ld Sections
3286@section Linker Sections
3287@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3288
3289@table @strong
3290
c1253627 3291@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3292@cindex named sections
3293@cindex sections, named
3294@item named sections
3295@end ifset
3296@ifset aout-bout
3297@cindex text section
3298@cindex data section
3299@itemx text section
3300@itemx data section
3301@end ifset
a4fb0134 3302These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3303separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3304true of another.
3305@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3306When the program is running, however, it is
3307customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3308text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3309instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3310program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3311in the data section.
c1253627 3312@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3313
3314@cindex bss section
3315@item bss section
3316This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3317is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3318each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3319out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3320bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3321those explicit zeros from object files.
3322
3323@cindex absolute section
3324@item absolute section
3325Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3326This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3327not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3328addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3329
3330@cindex undefined section
3331@item undefined section
3332This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3333the preceding sections.
3334@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3335@end table
3336
3337@cindex relocation example
3338An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3339@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3340The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3341@end ifset
3342Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3343
3344@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3345@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3346@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3347@smallexample
3348 +-----+----+--+
3349partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3350 +-----+----+--+
3351
3352 text data bss
3353 seg. seg. seg.
3354
3355 +---+---+---+
3356partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3357 +---+---+---+
3358
3359 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3360linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3361 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3362
3363 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3364@end smallexample
3365@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3366@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3367@need 5000
3368@tex
c1253627 3369\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3370\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3371\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3372\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3373
3374\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3375\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3376\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3377
3378\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3379\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3380\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3381ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3382DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3383
3384\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3385\line{0\dots\hfil}
3386
3387@end tex
3388@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3389
3390@node As Sections
3391@section Assembler Internal Sections
3392
3393@cindex internal assembler sections
3394@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3395These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3396have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3397sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3398warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3399meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3400value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3401section-relative address.
3402
3403@table @b
3404@cindex assembler internal logic error
3405@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3406An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3407bug in the assembler.
3408
3409@cindex expr (internal section)
3410@item expr section
3411The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3412symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3413it in the expr section.
3414@c FIXME item debug
3415@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3416@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3417@c FIXME item register
3418@end table
3419
3420@node Sub-Sections
3421@section Sub-Sections
3422
3423@cindex numbered subsections
3424@cindex grouping data
3425@ifset aout-bout
3426Assembled bytes
c1253627 3427@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3428conventionally
3429@end ifset
3430fall into two sections: text and data.
3431@end ifset
3432You may have separate groups of
3433@ifset GENERIC
3434data in named sections
3435@end ifset
3436@ifclear GENERIC
3437@ifclear aout-bout
3438data in named sections
3439@end ifclear
3440@ifset aout-bout
3441text or data
3442@end ifset
3443@end ifclear
3444that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3445are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3446use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3447numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3448same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3449subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3450section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3451assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3452section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3453constants being output.
3454
3455Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3456goes in subsection number zero.
3457
3458@ifset GENERIC
3459Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3460(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3461of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3462@end ifset
3463@ifclear GENERIC
3464@ifset H8
7be1c489 3465On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3466boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3467The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3468@end ifset
3469@ifset I960
3470@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3471@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3472@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3473@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3474@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3475@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3476@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3477@end ifclear
3478
3479Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3480to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3481The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3482other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3483They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3484data subsections as a data section.
3485
3486To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3487into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3488@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3489@ifset COFF
252b5132 3490@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3491When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3492@end ifset
3493@ifclear GENERIC
3494You
3495@end ifclear
3496can also use an extra subsection
3497argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3498@var{expression}}.
3499@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3500@ifset ELF
3501@ifset GENERIC
3502When generating ELF output, you
3503@end ifset
3504@ifclear GENERIC
3505You
3506@end ifclear
3507can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3508to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3509@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3510@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3511(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3512is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3513begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3514@smallexample
3515.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3516.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3517.text 1
3518.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3519.data 0
3520.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3521.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3522.text 0
3523.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3524.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3525@end smallexample
3526
3527Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3528assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3529restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3530counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3531@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3532current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3533assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3534
3535@node bss
3536@section bss Section
3537
3538@cindex bss section
3539@cindex common variable storage
3540The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3541You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3542not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3543your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3544section are zeroed bytes.
3545
3546The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3547@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3548
3549The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3550another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3551
3552@ifset GENERIC
3553When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3554COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3555see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3556section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3557@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3558@end ifset
3559
3560@node Symbols
3561@chapter Symbols
3562
3563@cindex symbols
3564Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3565things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3566to debug.
3567
3568@quotation
3569@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3570@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3571the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3572@end quotation
3573
3574@menu
3575* Labels:: Labels
3576* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3577* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3578* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3579* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3580@end menu
3581
3582@node Labels
3583@section Labels
3584
3585@cindex labels
3586A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3587@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3588active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3589operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3590different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3591definitions.
3592
3593@ifset HPPA
3594On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3595colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3596a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3597provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3598@end ifset
3599
3600@node Setting Symbols
3601@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3602
3603@cindex assigning values to symbols
3604@cindex symbol values, assigning
3605A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3606by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3607(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3608directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3609equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3610@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3611
f8739b83
JZ
3612@ifset Blackfin
3613Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3614@end ifset
3615
252b5132
RH
3616@node Symbol Names
3617@section Symbol Names
3618
3619@cindex symbol names
3620@cindex names, symbol
3621@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3622Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3623machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3624noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3625string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3626particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3627@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3628@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3629@ifset H8
3630Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3631Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3632character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3633on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3634@end ifset
3635@end ifset
3636
3637Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3638than @code{Foo}.
3639
7bfd842d
NC
3640Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3641multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3642@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3643currently supported.
3644
252b5132
RH
3645Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3646refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3647in a program.
3648
3649@subheading Local Symbol Names
3650
3651@cindex local symbol names
3652@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3653A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3654By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3655@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3656set of local label prefixes.
3657@ifset HPPA
3658On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3659@end ifset
3660
3661Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3662normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3663You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3664@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3665
3666@subheading Local Labels
3667
3668@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3669@cindex temporary symbol names
3670@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3671Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3672They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3673the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3674To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3675represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3676definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3677you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3678@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3679for ``forwards''.
3680
3681There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3682too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3683the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3684defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3685definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3686noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3687implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3688
3689Here is an example:
3690
3691@smallexample
36921: branch 1f
36932: branch 1b
36941: branch 2f
36952: branch 1b
3696@end smallexample
3697
3698Which is the equivalent of:
3699
3700@smallexample
3701label_1: branch label_3
3702label_2: branch label_1
3703label_3: branch label_4
3704label_4: branch label_3
3705@end smallexample
3706
ba83aca1 3707Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3708transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3709The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3710are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3711these parts:
252b5132
RH
3712
3713@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3714@item @emph{local label prefix}
3715All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3716Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3717that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3718used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3719@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3720object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3721you may use them in debugging.
3722
2d5aaba0
NC
3723@item @var{number}
3724This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3725label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3726
2d5aaba0
NC
3727@item @kbd{C-B}
3728This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3729of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3730
3731@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3732This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3733@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3734number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3735the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3736@end table
3737
ba83aca1
BW
3738So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3739the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3740
3741@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3742@cindex dollar local symbols
3743
3744@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3745dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3746soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3747region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3748scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3749the same local label.
3750
3751Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3752except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3753@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3754
3755They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3756names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3757to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3758@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3759
3760@node Dot
3761@section The Special Dot Symbol
3762
3763@cindex dot (symbol)
3764@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3765@cindex current address
3766@cindex location counter
3767The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3768@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3769.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3770Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3771directive.
252b5132 3772@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3773Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3774@samp{.space 4}.
3775@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3776
3777@node Symbol Attributes
3778@section Symbol Attributes
3779
3780@cindex symbol attributes
3781@cindex attributes, symbol
3782Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3783``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3784attributes.
3785@ifset INTERNALS
3786The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3787@end ifset
3788
a4fb0134 3789If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3790all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3791symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3792would want.
3793
3794@menu
3795* Symbol Value:: Value
3796* Symbol Type:: Type
3797@ifset aout-bout
3798@ifset GENERIC
3799* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3800@end ifset
3801@ifclear GENERIC
3802@ifclear BOUT
3803* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3804@end ifclear
3805@ifset BOUT
3806* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3807@end ifset
3808@end ifclear
3809@end ifset
3810@ifset COFF
3811* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3812@end ifset
3813@ifset SOM
3814* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3815@end ifset
3816@end menu
3817
3818@node Symbol Value
3819@subsection Value
3820
3821@cindex value of a symbol
3822@cindex symbol value
3823The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3824location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3825number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3826Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3827as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3828symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3829called absolute.
3830
3831The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38320 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3833@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3834same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3835name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3836common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3837bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3838allocated storage.
3839
3840@node Symbol Type
3841@subsection Type
3842
3843@cindex type of a symbol
3844@cindex symbol type
3845The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3846information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3847(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3848format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3849
3850@ifset aout-bout
3851@ifclear GENERIC
3852@ifset BOUT
3853@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3854@c better if it were available outside examples.
3855@need 1000
3856@node a.out Symbols
3857@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3858
3859@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3860@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3861These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3862one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3863@code{b.out}.
3864
3865@end ifset
3866@ifclear BOUT
3867@node a.out Symbols
3868@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3869
3870@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3871@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3872
3873@end ifclear
3874@end ifclear
3875@ifset GENERIC
3876@node a.out Symbols
3877@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3878
3879@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3880@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3881
3882@end ifset
3883@menu
3884* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3885* Symbol Other:: Other
3886@end menu
3887
3888@node Symbol Desc
3889@subsubsection Descriptor
3890
3891@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3892This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3893descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3894(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3895@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3896
3897@node Symbol Other
3898@subsubsection Other
3899
3900@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3901This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3902@end ifset
3903
3904@ifset COFF
3905@node COFF Symbols
3906@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3907
3908@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3909@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3910
3911The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3912like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3913@code{.endef} directives.
3914
3915@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3916
3917@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3918The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3919respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3920
3921@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3922
3923@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3924The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3925@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3926table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3927@end ifset
3928
3929@ifset SOM
3930@node SOM Symbols
3931@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3932
3933@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3934@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3935
3936The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3937the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3938
01642c12 3939The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3940Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3941@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3942@end ifset
3943
3944@node Expressions
3945@chapter Expressions
3946
3947@cindex expressions
3948@cindex addresses
3949@cindex numeric values
3950An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3951Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3952
3953The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3954a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3955enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3956section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3957the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3958@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3959
3960@menu
3961* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3962* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3963@end menu
3964
3965@node Empty Exprs
3966@section Empty Expressions
3967
3968@cindex empty expressions
3969@cindex expressions, empty
3970An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3971Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3972expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3973is compatible with other assemblers.
3974
3975@node Integer Exprs
3976@section Integer Expressions
3977
3978@cindex integer expressions
3979@cindex expressions, integer
3980An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3981by @emph{operators}.
3982
3983@menu
3984* Arguments:: Arguments
3985* Operators:: Operators
3986* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3987* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3988@end menu
3989
3990@node Arguments
3991@subsection Arguments
3992
3993@cindex expression arguments
3994@cindex arguments in expressions
3995@cindex operands in expressions
3996@cindex arithmetic operands
3997@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3998contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3999this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4000the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4001expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4002instruction operands.
4003
4004Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4005@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4006or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4007integer.
4008
4009Numbers are usually integers.
4010
4011A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4012that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4013these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4014instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4015assemblers.
4016
4017@cindex subexpressions
4018Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4019expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4020operator followed by an argument.
4021
4022@node Operators
4023@subsection Operators
4024
4025@cindex operators, in expressions
4026@cindex arithmetic functions
4027@cindex functions, in expressions
4028@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4029operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4030between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4031whitespace.
4032
4033@node Prefix Ops
4034@subsection Prefix Operator
4035
4036@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4037@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4038one argument, which must be absolute.
4039
4040@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4041@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4042@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4043@tex
4044\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4045@end tex
4046
4047@table @code
4048@item -
4049@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4050@item ~
4051@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4052@end table
4053
4054@tex
4055\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4056@end tex
4057
4058@node Infix Ops
4059@subsection Infix Operators
4060
4061@cindex infix operators
4062@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4063@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4064have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4065to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4066absolute, and the result is absolute.
4067
4068@enumerate
4069@cindex operator precedence
4070@cindex precedence of operators
4071
4072@item
4073Highest Precedence
4074
4075@table @code
4076@item *
4077@dfn{Multiplication}.
4078
4079@item /
4080@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4081
4082@item %
4083@dfn{Remainder}.
4084
d1eac9d9 4085@item <<
252b5132
RH
4086@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4087
d1eac9d9 4088@item >>
252b5132
RH
4089@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4090@end table
4091
4092@item
4093Intermediate precedence
4094
4095@table @code
4096@item |
4097
4098@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4099
4100@item &
4101@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4102
4103@item ^
4104@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4105
4106@item !
4107@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4108@end table
4109
4110@item
b131d4dc 4111Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4112
4113@table @code
4114@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4115@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4116@cindex arguments for addition
4117@item +
4118@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4119the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4120sections.
4121
4122@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4123@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4124@cindex arguments for subtraction
4125@item -
4126@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4127result has the section of the left argument.
4128If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4129You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4130@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4131
4132@cindex comparison expressions
4133@cindex expressions, comparison
4134@item ==
4135@dfn{Is Equal To}
4136@item <>
723a8472 4137@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4138@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4139@item <
4140@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4141@item >
b131d4dc 4142@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4143@item >=
b131d4dc 4144@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4145@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4146@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4147
4148The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4149value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4150perform signed comparisons.
4151@end table
4152
4153@item Lowest Precedence
4154
4155@table @code
4156@item &&
4157@dfn{Logical And}.
4158
4159@item ||
4160@dfn{Logical Or}.
4161
4162These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4163expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4164value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4165or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4166
252b5132
RH
4167@end table
4168@end enumerate
4169
4170In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4171address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4172
4173@node Pseudo Ops
4174@chapter Assembler Directives
4175
4176@cindex directives, machine independent
4177@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4178@cindex machine independent directives
4179All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4180The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4181
4182This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4183target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4184@ifset GENERIC
4185Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4186@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4187@end ifset
4188@ifclear GENERIC
4189@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4190@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4191@end ifset
4192@end ifclear
4193
4194@menu
4195* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4196@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4197* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4198@end ifset
f0dc282c 4199
252b5132 4200* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4201* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4202* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4203* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4204* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4205* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4206* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4207* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4208* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4209* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4210@ifset COFF
4211* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4212@end ifset
4213@ifset aout-bout
4214* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4215@end ifset
4216@ifset COFF
4217* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4218@end ifset
f0dc282c 4219
252b5132
RH
4220* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4221* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4222* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4223* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4224* End:: @code{.end}
4225@ifset COFF
4226* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4227@end ifset
f0dc282c 4228
252b5132
RH
4229* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4230* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4231* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4232* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4233* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4234* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4235* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4236* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4237* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4238* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4239* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4240* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4241* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4242* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4243* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4244@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4245* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4246* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4247@end ifset
f0dc282c 4248
252b5132
RH
4249* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4250* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4251* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4252* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4253* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4254* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4255@ifset ELF
4256* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4257@end ifset
f0dc282c 4258
252b5132
RH
4259* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4260* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4261* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4262* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4263@ifclear no-line-dir
4264* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4265@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4266
252b5132
RH
4267* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4268* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4269* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4270* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4271* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4272@ifset ELF
4273* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4274@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4275
252b5132
RH
4276* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4277@ignore
4278* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4279@end ignore
f0dc282c 4280
252b5132
RH
4281* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4282* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4283* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4284* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4285* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4286* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4287* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4288* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4289@ifset ELF
4290* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4291* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4292@end ifset
f0dc282c 4293
252b5132 4294* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4295@ifset ELF
4296* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4297@end ifset
f0dc282c 4298
252b5132
RH
4299* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4300* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4301@ifset ELF
4302* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4303@end ifset
f0dc282c 4304
252b5132 4305* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4306* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4307* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4308* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4309@ifset COFF
4310* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4311@end ifset
4312@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4313* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4314@end ifset
f0dc282c 4315
252b5132
RH
4316* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4317* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4318* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4319@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4320* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4321@end ifset
884f0d36 4322@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4323* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4324@end ifclear
4325
252b5132 4326* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4327@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4328* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4329@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4330@ifset have-stabs
4331* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4332@end ifset
f0dc282c 4333
38a57ae7 4334* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4335* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4336@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4337* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4338* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4339@end ifset
f0dc282c 4340
252b5132
RH
4341@ifset COFF
4342* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4343@end ifset
f0dc282c 4344
252b5132
RH
4345* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4346* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4347@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4348* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4349@end ifset
4350
c91d2e08 4351* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4352@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4353* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4354@end ifset
f0dc282c 4355
2e13b764 4356@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4357* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4358* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4359* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
d190d046 4362* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4363* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4364* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4365* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4366* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4367@end menu
4368
4369@node Abort
4370@section @code{.abort}
4371
4372@cindex @code{abort} directive
4373@cindex stopping the assembly
4374This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4375compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4376assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4377of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4378quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4379
4380@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4381@node ABORT (COFF)
4382@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4383
4384@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4385When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4386synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4387
4388@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4389When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4390but ignores it.
4391@end ifset
4392@end ifset
4393
4394@node Align
4395@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4396
4397@cindex padding the location counter
4398@cindex @code{align} directive
4399Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4400boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4401required, as described below.
4402
4403The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4404padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4405padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4406marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4407with no-op instructions.
4408
4409The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4410it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4411directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4412specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4413fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4414required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4415with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4416
4417The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4418For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4419s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4420alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4421the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4422is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4423first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4424
9e9a9798 4425For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4426strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4427number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4428advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4429counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4430multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4431
4432This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4433native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4434GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4435described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4436architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4437
ccf8a69b
BW
4438@node Altmacro
4439@section @code{.altmacro}
4440Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4441
4442@ftable @code
4443@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4444One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4445generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4446replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4447replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4448separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4449define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4450
4451@item String delimiters
4452You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4453@code{"@var{string}"}:
4454
4455@table @code
4456@item '@var{string}'
4457You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4458
4459@item <@var{string}>
4460You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4461@end table
4462
4463@item single-character string escape
4464To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4465character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4466character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4467write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4468
4469@item Expression results as strings
4470You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4471and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4472@end ftable
4473
252b5132
RH
4474@node Ascii
4475@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4476
4477@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4478@cindex string literals
4479@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4480separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4481trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4482
4483@node Asciz
4484@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4485
4486@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4487@cindex zero-terminated strings
4488@cindex null-terminated strings
4489@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4490a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4491
4492@node Balign
4493@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4494
4495@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4496@cindex @code{balign} directive
4497Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4498storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4499alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4500the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4501is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4502
4503The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4504padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4505padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4506marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4507with no-op instructions.
4508
4509The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4510it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4511directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4512specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4513fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4514required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4515with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4516
4517@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4518@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4519The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4520@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4521pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4522fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45234,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4524filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4525the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4526undefined.
4527
fa94de6b
RM
4528@node Bundle directives
4529@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4530@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4531@cindex bundle
4532@cindex instruction bundle
4533@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4534@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4535bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4536into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4537disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4538gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4539@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4540
4541For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4542certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4543instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4544@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4545chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4546effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4547instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4548that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4549end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4550starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4551instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4552
4553@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4554@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4555@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4556The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4557allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4558are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4559aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4560@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4561directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4562
4563@cindex bundle-locked
4564For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4565appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4566instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4567and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4568instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4569sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4570@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4571entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4572boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4573first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4574aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4575bundle size.
4576
d416e51d
RM
4577For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4578inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4579nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4580@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4581matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4582same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4583
252b5132
RH
4584@node Byte
4585@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4586
4587@cindex @code{byte} directive
4588@cindex integers, one byte
4589@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4590Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4591
54cfded0 4592@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4593@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4594@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4595@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4596should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4597If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4598if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4599To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4600directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4601
4b7d318b 4602@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4603@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4604@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4605should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4606data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4607@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4608
01642c12 4609Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4610it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4611
54cfded0
AM
4612@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4613@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4614@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4615unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4616@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4617
9b8ae42e
JJ
4618@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4619@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4620@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4621should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4622argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4623a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4624the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4625can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4626The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4627no personality routine.
4628
4629@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4630@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4631@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4632should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4633argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4634or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4635no LSDA.
4636
54cfded0 4637@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4638@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4639address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4640
4641@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4642@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4643now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4644remains the same.
4645
4646@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4647@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4648remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4649absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4650CFA address.
4651
4652@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4653Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4654value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4655
4656@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4657Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4658CFA.
54cfded0 4659
17076204
RH
4660@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4661Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4662the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4663using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4664This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4665code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4666
4b7d318b
L
4667@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4668Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4669
4670@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4671@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4672same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4673instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4674
4675@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4676From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4677
4678@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4679Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4680i.e. no restoration needed.
4681
01642c12
RM
4682@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4683First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4684then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4685everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4686the previous saved state.
4687
4688@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4689Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4690directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4691
63752a75
JJ
4692@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4693Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4694
6749011b 4695@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4696SPARC register window has been saved.
4697
cdfbf930
RH
4698@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4699Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4700might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4701opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4702
f1c4cc75
RH
4703@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4704The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4705will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4706description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4707
4708The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4709limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4710mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4711by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4712or another register.
4713
ccf8a69b
BW
4714@node Comm
4715@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4716
ccf8a69b
BW
4717@cindex @code{comm} directive
4718@cindex symbol, common
4719@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4720common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4721of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4722definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4723allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4724absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4725the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4726using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4727
c1711530
DK
4728@ifset COFF-ELF
4729When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4730an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4731specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4732that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4733as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4734boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4735power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4736common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4737alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4738largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4739maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4740is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4741@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4742multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4743It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4744(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4745@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4746
ccf8a69b
BW
4747@ifset HPPA
4748The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4749@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4750@end ifset
07a53e5c 4751
252b5132
RH
4752@node Data
4753@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4754
4755@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4756@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4757end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4758absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4759to zero.
4760
4761@ifset COFF
4762@node Def
4763@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4764
4765@cindex @code{def} directive
4766@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4767@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4768Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4769definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4770@ifset BOUT
4771
a4fb0134 4772This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4773format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4774but ignored.
4775@end ifset
4776@end ifset
4777
4778@ifset aout-bout
4779@node Desc
4780@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4781
4782@cindex @code{desc} directive
4783@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4784@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4785This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4786to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4787
4788@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4789The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4790configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4791object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4792it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4793@end ifset
4794@end ifset
4795
4796@ifset COFF
4797@node Dim
4798@section @code{.dim}
4799
4800@cindex @code{dim} directive
4801@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4802@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4803This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4804information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4805@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4806@ifset BOUT
4807
4808@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4809@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4810ignores it.
4811@end ifset
4812@end ifset
4813
4814@node Double
4815@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4816
4817@cindex @code{double} directive
4818@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4819@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4820assembles floating point numbers.
4821@ifset GENERIC
4822The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4823@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4824@end ifset
4825@ifclear GENERIC
4826@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4827On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4828in @sc{ieee} format.
4829@end ifset
4830@end ifclear
4831
4832@node Eject
4833@section @code{.eject}
4834
4835@cindex @code{eject} directive
4836@cindex new page, in listings
4837@cindex page, in listings
4838@cindex listing control: new page
4839Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4840
4841@node Else
4842@section @code{.else}
4843
4844@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4845@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4846assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4847of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4848was false.
4849
3fd9f047
TW
4850@node Elseif
4851@section @code{.elseif}
4852
4853@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4854@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4855assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4856@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4857
252b5132
RH
4858@node End
4859@section @code{.end}
4860
4861@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4862@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4863process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4864
4865@ifset COFF
4866@node Endef
4867@section @code{.endef}
4868
4869@cindex @code{endef} directive
4870This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4871@code{.def}.
4872@ifset BOUT
4873
4874@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4875@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4876directive but ignores it.
4877@end ifset
4878@end ifset
4879
4880@node Endfunc
4881@section @code{.endfunc}
4882@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4883@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4884
4885@node Endif
4886@section @code{.endif}
4887
4888@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4889@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4890it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4891conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4892
4893@node Equ
4894@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4895
4896@cindex @code{equ} directive
4897@cindex assigning values to symbols
4898@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4899This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4900It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4901
4902@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4903The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4904@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4905@end ifset
4906
3c9b82ba 4907@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4908The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4909@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4910On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4911but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4912Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4913@end ifset
4914
252b5132
RH
4915@node Equiv
4916@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4917@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4918The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4919the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4920symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4921undefined.
252b5132 4922
01642c12 4923Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4924@smallexample
4925.ifdef SYM
4926.err
4927.endif
4928.equ SYM,VAL
4929@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4930plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4931
4932@node Eqv
4933@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4934@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4935The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4936evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4937the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4938value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4939
4940@node Err
4941@section @code{.err}
4942@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4943If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4944message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4945object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4946
d190d046
HPN
4947@node Error
4948@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4949@cindex error directive
4950
4951Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4952string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4953message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4954@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4955
4956@smallexample
4957 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4958@end smallexample
4959
252b5132
RH
4960@node Exitm
4961@section @code{.exitm}
4962Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4963
4964@node Extern
4965@section @code{.extern}
4966
4967@cindex @code{extern} directive
4968@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4969with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4970all undefined symbols as external.
4971
4972@node Fail
4973@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4974
4975@cindex @code{fail} directive
4976Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4977or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4978than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4979include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4980complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4981
252b5132 4982@node File
14082c76 4983@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4984@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4985
4986@ifclear no-file-dir
4987There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4988that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4989@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4990
4991@subheading Default Version
4992
252b5132
RH
4993@cindex logical file name
4994@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4995This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4996are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4997
4998@smallexample
4999.file @var{string}
5000@end smallexample
5001
5002@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5003recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5004to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5005statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5006old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5007
5008@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5009@end ifclear
5010
14082c76
BW
5011When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5012to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5013
5014@smallexample
5015.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5016@end smallexample
5017
5018The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5019index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5020literal.
5021
5022The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5023table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5024information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5025entries will have.
5026
252b5132
RH
5027@node Fill
5028@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5029
5030@cindex @code{fill} directive
5031@cindex writing patterns in memory
5032@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5033@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5034This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5035may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5036more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5037other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5038is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5039zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5040byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5041Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5042@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5043compatible with other people's assemblers.
5044
5045@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5046If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5047assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5048@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5049
5050@node Float
5051@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5052
5053@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5054@cindex @code{float} directive
5055This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5056has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5057@ifset GENERIC
5058The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5059@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5060@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5061@end ifset
5062@ifclear GENERIC
5063@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5064On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5065in @sc{ieee} format.
5066@end ifset
5067@end ifclear
5068
5069@node Func
5070@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5071@cindex @code{func} directive
5072@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5073is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5074Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5075@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5076prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5077@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5078All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5079The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5080
5081@node Global
5082@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5083
5084@cindex @code{global} directive
5085@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5086@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5087@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5088other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5089@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5090from another file linked into the same program.
5091
5092Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5093compatibility with other assemblers.
5094
5095@ifset HPPA
5096On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5097partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5098@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5099@end ifset
5100
c91d2e08 5101@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5102@node Gnu_attribute
5103@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5104Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5105
c91d2e08
NC
5106@node Hidden
5107@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5108
c1253627
NC
5109@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5110@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5111This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5112@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5113@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5114
5115This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5116their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5117@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5118Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5119@end ifset
5120
252b5132
RH
5121@node hword
5122@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5123
5124@cindex @code{hword} directive
5125@cindex integers, 16-bit
5126@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5127@cindex sixteen bit integers
5128This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5129a 16 bit number for each.
5130
5131@ifset GENERIC
5132This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5133architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5134@end ifset
5135@ifclear GENERIC
5136@ifset W32
5137This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5138@end ifset
5139@ifset W16
5140This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5141@end ifset
5142@end ifclear
5143
5144@node Ident
5145@section @code{.ident}
5146
5147@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5148
5149This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5150behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5151a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5152source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5153for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5154@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5155emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5156
5157@node If
5158@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5159
5160@cindex conditional assembly
5161@cindex @code{if} directive
5162@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5163considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5164(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5165the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5166(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5167alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5168If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5169nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5170
5171The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5172@table @code
5173@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5174@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5175Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5176has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5177is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5178
26aca5f6
JB
5179@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5180@item .ifb @var{text}
5181Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5182
252b5132
RH
5183@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5184@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5185Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5186strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5187the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5188end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5189string comparison is case sensitive.
5190
5191@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5192@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5193Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5194
5195@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5196@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5197Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5198
5199@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5200@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5201Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5202equal to zero.
5203
5204@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5205@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5206Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5207
5208@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5209@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5210Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5211to zero.
5212
5213@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5214@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5215Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5216
26aca5f6
JB
5217@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5218@item .ifnb @var{text}
5219Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5220following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5221
252b5132
RH
5222@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5223@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5224Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5225following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5226
5227@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5228@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5229@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5230@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5231Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5232has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5233which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5234
5235@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5236@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5237Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5238(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5239
5240@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5241@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5242Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5243following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5244@end table
5245
7e005732
NC
5246@node Incbin
5247@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5248
5249@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5250@cindex binary files, including
5251The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5252location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5253option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5254around @var{file}.
5255
5256The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5257@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5258read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5259responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5260after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5261
252b5132
RH
5262@node Include
5263@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5264
5265@cindex @code{include} directive
5266@cindex supporting files, including
5267@cindex files, including
5268This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5269points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5270if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5271included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5272can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5273(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5274around @var{file}.
5275
5276@node Int
5277@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5278
5279@cindex @code{int} directive
5280@cindex integers, 32-bit
5281Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5282For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5283expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5284of target the assembly is for.
5285
5286@ifclear GENERIC
5287@ifset H8
7be1c489 5288On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5289integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
529032-bit integers.
5291@end ifset
5292@end ifclear
5293
c91d2e08
NC
5294@ifset ELF
5295@node Internal
5296@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5297
c1253627
NC
5298@cindex @code{internal} directive
5299@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5300This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5301@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5302@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5303
5304This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5305their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5306@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5307(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5308processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5309@end ifset
5310
252b5132
RH
5311@node Irp
5312@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5313
5314@cindex @code{irp} directive
5315Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5316The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5317terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5318set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5319@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5320@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5321sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5322
5323For example, assembling
5324
5325@example
5326 .irp param,1,2,3
5327 move d\param,sp@@-
5328 .endr
5329@end example
5330
5331is equivalent to assembling
5332
5333@example
5334 move d1,sp@@-
5335 move d2,sp@@-
5336 move d3,sp@@-
5337@end example
5338
96e9638b 5339For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5340
252b5132
RH
5341@node Irpc
5342@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5343
5344@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5345Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5346The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5347terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5348@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5349assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5350assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5351@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5352
5353For example, assembling
5354
5355@example
5356 .irpc param,123
5357 move d\param,sp@@-
5358 .endr
5359@end example
5360
5361is equivalent to assembling
5362
5363@example
5364 move d1,sp@@-
5365 move d2,sp@@-
5366 move d3,sp@@-
5367@end example
5368
5e75c3ab
JB
5369For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5370at @xref{Macro}.
5371
252b5132
RH
5372@node Lcomm
5373@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5374
5375@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5376@cindex local common symbols
5377@cindex symbols, local common
5378Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5379denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5380those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5381section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5382is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5383not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5384
5385@ifset GENERIC
5386Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5387argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5388@end ifset
5389
5390@ifset HPPA
5391The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5392@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5393@end ifset
5394
5395@node Lflags
5396@section @code{.lflags}
5397
5398@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5399@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5400assemblers, but ignores it.
5401
5402@ifclear no-line-dir
5403@node Line
5404@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5405
5406@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5407@cindex logical line number
5408@ifset aout-bout
5409Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5410expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5411statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5412reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5413@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5414for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5415@end ifset
5416
252b5132 5417Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5418@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5419when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5420were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5421@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5422
5423Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5424used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5425debugging.
5426@end ifclear
5427
5428@node Linkonce
5429@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5430@cindex COMDAT
5431@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5432@cindex common sections
5433Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5434This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5435but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5436The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5437Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5438unique.
5439
5440This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5441writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5442Executable format used on Windows NT.
5443
5444The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5445following strings. For example:
5446@smallexample
5447.linkonce same_size
5448@end smallexample
5449Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5450
5451@table @code
5452@item discard
5453Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5454
5455@item one_only
5456Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5457
5458@item same_size
5459Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5460
5461@item same_contents
5462Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5463@end table
5464
ccf8a69b
BW
5465@node List
5466@section @code{.list}
5467
5468@cindex @code{list} directive
5469@cindex listing control, turning on
5470Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5471not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5472internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5473counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5474generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5475
5476By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5477@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5478the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5479
252b5132
RH
5480@node Ln
5481@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5482
5483@cindex @code{ln} directive
5484@ifclear no-line-dir
5485@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5486@end ifclear
5487@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5488Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5489must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5490line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5491statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5492line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5493@ifset BOUT
5494
a4fb0134 5495This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5496configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5497output format.
5498@end ifset
5499@end ifset
5500
ccf8a69b
BW
5501@node Loc
5502@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5503@cindex @code{loc} directive
5504When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5505the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5506number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5507instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5508arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5509the row is added.
252b5132 5510
ccf8a69b
BW
5511The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5512
5513@table @code
5514@item basic_block
5515This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5516@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5517
5518@item prologue_end
5519This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5520@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5521
5522@item epilogue_begin
5523This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5524@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5525
5526@item is_stmt @var{value}
5527This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5528@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5529either 0 or 1.
5530
5531@item isa @var{value}
5532This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5533state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5534
92846e72
CC
5535@item discriminator @var{value}
5536This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5537state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5538
ccf8a69b
BW
5539@end table
5540
5541@node Loc_mark_labels
5542@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5543@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5544When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5545the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5546to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5547register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5548The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5549this function respectively.
252b5132 5550
4d4175af
BW
5551@ifset ELF
5552@node Local
5553@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5554
5555@cindex @code{local} directive
5556This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5557the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5558will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5559they will be created.
5560
5561For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5562accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5563the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5564(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5565@end ifset
5566
252b5132
RH
5567@node Long
5568@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5569
5570@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5571@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5572
5573@ignore
5574@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5575@c what it really ought to do
5576@node Lsym
5577@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5578
5579@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5580@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5581@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5582the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5583rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5584the same as the expression value:
5585@smallexample
5586@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5587@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5588@var{value} = @var{expression}
5589@end smallexample
5590@noindent
5591The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5592@end ignore
5593
5594@node Macro
5595@section @code{.macro}
5596
5597@cindex macros
5598The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5599generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5600@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5601
5602@example
5603 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5604 .long \from
5605 .if \to-\from
5606 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5607 .endif
5608 .endm
5609@end example
5610
5611@noindent
5612With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5613
5614@example
5615 .long 0
5616 .long 1
5617 .long 2
5618 .long 3
5619 .long 4
5620 .long 5
5621@end example
5622
5623@ftable @code
5624@item .macro @var{macname}
5625@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5626@cindex @code{macro} directive
5627Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5628definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5629separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5630indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5631@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5632(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5633macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5634cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5635subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5636definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5637
5638@table @code
5639@item .macro comm
5640Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5641arguments.
5642
6258339f 5643@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5644@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5645Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5646which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5647@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5648
5649@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5650Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5651arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5652After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5653@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5654@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5655,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5656@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5657
6eaeac8a
JB
5658@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5659Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5660arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5661not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5662will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5663
252b5132
RH
5664When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5665position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5666@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5667
6258339f
NC
5668@end table
5669
5e75c3ab
JB
5670Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5671as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5672occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5673characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5674(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5675architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5676character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5677replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5678construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5679identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5680this macro definition:
5681
5682@example
5683 .macro label l
5684\l:
5685 .endm
5686@end example
5687
5688might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5689called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5690assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5691identifier.
5692
5693Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5694which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5695for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5696length specifier like this:
5697
5698@example
5699 .macro opcode base length
5700 \base.\length
5701 .endm
5702@end example
5703
5704and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5705instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5706interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5707
5708There are several possible ways around this problem:
5709
5710@table @code
5711@item Insert white space
5712If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5713solution. eg:
5714
5715@example
5716 .macro label l
5717\l :
5718 .endm
5719@end example
5720
5721@item Use @samp{\()}
5722The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5723the following text. eg:
5724
5725@example
5726 .macro opcode base length
5727 \base\().\length
5728 .endm
5729@end example
5730
5731@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5732In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5733used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5734
5735@example
5736 .altmacro
5737 .macro label l
5738l&:
5739 .endm
5740@end example
6258339f 5741@end table
5e75c3ab 5742
96e9638b 5743Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5744also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5745and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5746
252b5132
RH
5747@item .endm
5748@cindex @code{endm} directive
5749Mark the end of a macro definition.
5750
5751@item .exitm
5752@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5753Exit early from the current macro definition.
5754
5755@cindex number of macros executed
5756@cindex macros, count executed
5757@item \@@
a4fb0134 5758@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5759executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5760output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5761
252b5132
RH
5762@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5763@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5764macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5765@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5766@end ftable
252b5132 5767
ccf8a69b
BW
5768@node MRI
5769@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5770
ccf8a69b
BW
5771@cindex @code{mri} directive
5772@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5773If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5774@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5775affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5776of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5777
caa32fe5
NC
5778@node Noaltmacro
5779@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5780Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5781
252b5132
RH
5782@node Nolist
5783@section @code{.nolist}
5784
5785@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5786@cindex listing control, turning off
5787Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5788not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5789internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5790counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5791generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5792
5793@node Octa
5794@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5795
5796@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5797@cindex @code{octa} directive
5798@cindex integer, 16-byte
5799@cindex sixteen byte integer
5800This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5801bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5802
5803The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5804hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5805
9aec2026
NC
5806@node Offset
5807@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5808
5809@cindex @code{offset} directive
5810Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5811be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5812symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5813directive.
9aec2026 5814
252b5132
RH
5815@node Org
5816@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5817
5818@cindex @code{org} directive
5819@cindex location counter, advancing
5820@cindex advancing location counter
5821@cindex current address, advancing
5822Advance the location counter of the current section to
5823@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5824expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5825you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5826wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5827with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5828@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5829is the same as the current subsection.
5830
5831@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5832unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5833backwards.
5834
5835@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5836@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5837@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5838Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5839may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5840a chance to share your improved assembler.
5841
5842Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5843to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5844people's assemblers.
5845
5846When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5847intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5848absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5849@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5850
5851@node P2align
5852@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5853
5854@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5855@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5856Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5857storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5858number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5859advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5860counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5861multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5862
5863The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5864padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5865padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5866marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5867with no-op instructions.
5868
5869The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5870it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5871directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5872specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5873fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5874required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5875with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5876
5877@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5878@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5879The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5880@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5881pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5882fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58832,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5884filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5885the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5886undefined.
5887
ccf8a69b
BW
5888@ifset ELF
5889@node PopSection
5890@section @code{.popsection}
5891
5892@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5893@cindex Section Stack
5894This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5895@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5896@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5897(@pxref{Previous}).
5898
5899This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5900section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5901stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5902@end ifset
5903
c91d2e08
NC
5904@ifset ELF
5905@node Previous
5906@section @code{.previous}
5907
c1253627 5908@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5909@cindex Section Stack
5910This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5911@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5912@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5913(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5914
5915This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5916referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5917@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5918subsections). For example:
5919
5920@smallexample
5921.section A
5922 .subsection 1
5923 .word 0x1234
5924 .subsection 2
5925 .word 0x5678
5926.previous
5927 .word 0x9abc
5928@end smallexample
5929
5930Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5931section A. Whilst:
5932
5933@smallexample
5934.section A
5935.subsection 1
5936 # Now in section A subsection 1
5937 .word 0x1234
5938.section B
5939.subsection 0
5940 # Now in section B subsection 0
5941 .word 0x5678
5942.subsection 1
5943 # Now in section B subsection 1
5944 .word 0x9abc
5945.previous
5946 # Now in section B subsection 0
5947 .word 0xdef0
5948@end smallexample
5949
5950Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5951section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5952
5953In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5954the top section on the section stack.
5955@end ifset
5956
252b5132
RH
5957@node Print
5958@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5959
5960@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5961@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5962assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5963
c91d2e08
NC
5964@ifset ELF
5965@node Protected
5966@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5967
c1253627
NC
5968@cindex @code{protected} directive
5969@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5970This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5971@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5972
5973This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5974their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5975@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5976components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5977component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5978this.
c91d2e08
NC
5979@end ifset
5980
252b5132
RH
5981@node Psize
5982@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5983
5984@cindex @code{psize} directive
5985@cindex listing control: paper size
5986@cindex paper size, for listings
5987Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5988number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5989
5990If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5991of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5992default width is 200 columns.
5993
a4fb0134 5994@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5995lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5996@code{.eject}).
5997
5998If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5999those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6000
6001@node Purgem
6002@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6003
6004@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6005Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6006expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6007
c91d2e08
NC
6008@ifset ELF
6009@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6010@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6011
c1253627 6012@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6013@cindex Section Stack
6014This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6015@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6016@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6017(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6018
e9863d7f
DJ
6019This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6020top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6021subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6022@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6023as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6024@end ifset
6025
252b5132
RH
6026@node Quad
6027@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6028
6029@cindex @code{quad} directive
6030@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6031each bignum, it emits
6032@ifclear bignum-16
6033an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6034warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6035@cindex eight-byte integer
6036@cindex integer, 8-byte
6037
6038The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6039hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6040@end ifclear
6041@ifset bignum-16
6042a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6043warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6044@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6045@cindex integer, 16-byte
6046@end ifset
6047
05e9452c
AM
6048@node Reloc
6049@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6050
6051@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6052Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6053@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6054the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6055symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6056@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6057absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6058targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6059relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6060section.
6061
252b5132
RH
6062@node Rept
6063@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6064
6065@cindex @code{rept} directive
6066Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6067@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6068
6069For example, assembling
6070
6071@example
6072 .rept 3
6073 .long 0
6074 .endr
6075@end example
6076
6077is equivalent to assembling
6078
6079@example
6080 .long 0
6081 .long 0
6082 .long 0
6083@end example
6084
6085@node Sbttl
6086@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6087
6088@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6089@cindex subtitles for listings
6090@cindex listing control: subtitle
6091Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6092title line) when generating assembly listings.
6093
6094This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6095it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6096
6097@ifset COFF
6098@node Scl
6099@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6100
6101@cindex @code{scl} directive
6102@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6103@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6104Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6105used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6106whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6107symbolic debugging information.
6108@ifset BOUT
6109
6110The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6111configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6112accepts this directive but ignores it.
6113@end ifset
6114@end ifset
6115
c1253627 6116@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6117@node Section
c1253627 6118@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6119
252b5132
RH
6120@cindex named section
6121Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6122named @var{name}.
6123
6124This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6125named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6126with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6127
c1253627
NC
6128@ifset COFF
6129@ifset ELF
6130@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6131@subheading COFF Version
6132@end ifset
6133
6134@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6135For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6136ways:
c91d2e08 6137
252b5132
RH
6138@smallexample
6139.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6140.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6141@end smallexample
6142
6143If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6144section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6145@table @code
6146@item b
6147bss section (uninitialized data)
6148@item n
6149section is not loaded
6150@item w
6151writable section
6152@item d
6153data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6154@item e
6155exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6156@item r
6157read-only section
6158@item x
6159executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6160@item s
6161shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6162@item a
6163ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6164@item y
6165section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6166@item 0-9
6167single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6168@end table
6169
6170If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6171the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6172loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6173from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6174will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6175
6176If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6177taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6178@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6179
6180@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6181@ifset COFF
6182@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6183@subheading ELF Version
6184@end ifset
6185
c91d2e08
NC
6186@cindex Section Stack
6187This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6188@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6189(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6190@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6191
c1253627 6192@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6193For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6194
252b5132 6195@smallexample
7047dd1e 6196.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6197@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6198
252b5132 6199The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6200combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6201@table @code
6202@item a
6203section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6204@item e
6205section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6206@item w
6207section is writable
6208@item x
6209section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6210@item M
6211section is mergeable
6212@item S
6213section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6214@item G
6215section is a member of a section group
6216@item T
6217section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6218@item ?
6219section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6220@end table
6221
6222The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6223@table @code
6224@item @@progbits
6225section contains data
6226@item @@nobits
6227section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6228@item @@note
6229section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6230@item @@init_array
6231section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6232@item @@fini_array
6233section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6234@item @@preinit_array
6235section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6236@end table
6237
10b016c2
PB
6238Many targets only support the first three section types.
6239
ececec60
NC
6240Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6241ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6242@code{%} character.
6243
22fe14ad 6244If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6245be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6246
6247@smallexample
6248.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6249@end smallexample
6250
6251Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6252constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6253@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6254@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6255the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6256absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6257which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6258@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6259@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6260
6261If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6262be present along with an additional field like this:
6263
6264@smallexample
6265.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6266@end smallexample
6267
6268The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6269particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6270@table @code
6271@item comdat
6272indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6273@item .gnu.linkonce
6274an alias for comdat
6275@end table
6276
96e9638b 6277Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6278the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6279
6280@smallexample
6281.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6282@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6283
01642c12
RM
6284If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6285@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6286present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6287this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6288@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6289If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6290
252b5132
RH
6291If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6292the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6293none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6294executable. The section will contain data.
6295
6296For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6297directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6298
252b5132
RH
6299@smallexample
6300.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6301@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6302
252b5132
RH
6303Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6304separated flags:
6305@table @code
6306@item #alloc
6307section is allocatable
6308@item #write
6309section is writable
6310@item #execinstr
6311section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6312@item #exclude
6313section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6314@item #tls
6315section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6316@end table
c91d2e08 6317
e9863d7f
DJ
6318This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6319contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6320some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6321work.
c1253627
NC
6322@end ifset
6323@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6324
6325@node Set
6326@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6327
6328@cindex @code{set} directive
6329@cindex symbol value, setting
6330Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6331changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6332@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6333flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6334
6335You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6336
6337If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6338file is the last value stored into it.
6339
3c9b82ba
NC
6340@ifset Z80
6341On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6342@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6343@end ifset
6344
252b5132
RH
6345@node Short
6346@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6347
6348@cindex @code{short} directive
6349@ifset GENERIC
6350@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6351@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6352
6353In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6354numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6355@end ifset
6356@ifclear GENERIC
6357@ifset W16
6358@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6359@end ifset
6360@ifset W32
6361This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6362a 16 bit number for each.
6363@end ifset
6364@end ifclear
6365
6366@node Single
6367@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6368
6369@cindex @code{single} directive
6370@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6371This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6372has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6373@ifset GENERIC
6374The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6375@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6376@end ifset
6377@ifclear GENERIC
6378@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6379On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6380numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6381@end ifset
6382@end ifclear
6383
c1253627 6384@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6385@node Size
c1253627 6386@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6387
c1253627
NC
6388This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6389
6390@ifset COFF
6391@ifset ELF
6392@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6393@subheading COFF Version
6394@end ifset
6395
6396@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6397For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6398@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6399
6400@smallexample
6401.size @var{expression}
6402@end smallexample
252b5132 6403
c91d2e08 6404@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6405@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6406@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6407ignores it.
6408@end ifset
c1253627 6409@end ifset
c91d2e08 6410
c1253627
NC
6411@ifset ELF
6412@ifset COFF
6413@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6414@subheading ELF Version
6415@end ifset
6416
6417@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6418For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6419
c1253627
NC
6420@smallexample
6421.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6422@end smallexample
6423
6424This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6425The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6426arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6427symbols.
c1253627
NC
6428@end ifset
6429@end ifset
252b5132 6430
252b5132
RH
6431@ifclear no-space-dir
6432@node Skip
6433@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6434
6435@cindex @code{skip} directive
6436@cindex filling memory
6437This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6438@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6439@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6440@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6441@end ifclear
252b5132 6442
ccf8a69b
BW
6443@node Sleb128
6444@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6445
6446@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6447@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6448compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6449symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6450
884f0d36 6451@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6452@node Space
6453@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6454
6455@cindex @code{space} directive
6456@cindex filling memory
6457This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6458@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6459and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6460as @samp{.skip}.
6461
6462@ifset HPPA
6463@quotation
6464@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6465targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6466Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6467@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6468for a summary.
6469@end quotation
6470@end ifset
6471@end ifclear
6472
252b5132
RH
6473@ifset have-stabs
6474@node Stab
6475@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6476
6477@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6478@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6479There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6480All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6481The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6482cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6483Up to five fields are required:
6484
6485@table @var
6486@item string
6487This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6488@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6489debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6490using this field.
6491
6492@item type
6493An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6494this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6495and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6496
6497@item other
6498An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6499low 8 bits of this expression.
6500
6501@item desc
6502An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6503bits of this expression.
6504
6505@item value
6506An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6507@end table
6508
6509If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6510or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6511you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6512compatible with earlier assemblers!
6513
6514@table @code
6515@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6516@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6517
6518The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6519It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6520null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6521strings.
6522
6523The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6524relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6525is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6526assembled.
6527
6528@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6529@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6530The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6531
6532@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6533@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6534All five fields are specified.
6535@end table
6536@end ifset
6537@c end have-stabs
6538
6539@node String
38a57ae7 6540@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6541"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6542
6543@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6544@cindex string8, copying to object file
6545@cindex string16, copying to object file
6546@cindex string32, copying to object file
6547@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6548@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6549@cindex @code{string8} directive
6550@cindex @code{string16} directive
6551@cindex @code{string32} directive
6552@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6553
6554Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6555one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6556particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6557You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6558
01642c12 6559The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6560the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6561copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6562are stored in target endianness byte order.
6563
6564Example:
6565@smallexample
6566 .string32 "BYE"
6567expands to:
6568 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6569 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6570@end smallexample
6571
6572
252b5132
RH
6573@node Struct
6574@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6575
6576@cindex @code{struct} directive
6577Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6578which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6579@smallexample
6580 .struct 0
6581field1:
6582 .struct field1 + 4
6583field2:
6584 .struct field2 + 4
6585field3:
6586@end smallexample
6587This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6588@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6589value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6590use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6591before further assembly.
6592
c91d2e08
NC
6593@ifset ELF
6594@node SubSection
6595@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6596
c1253627 6597@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6598@cindex Section Stack
6599This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6600@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6601@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6602(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6603
6604This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6605section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6606in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6607@end ifset
6608
252b5132
RH
6609@ifset ELF
6610@node Symver
6611@section @code{.symver}
6612@cindex @code{symver} directive
6613@cindex symbol versioning
6614@cindex versions of symbols
6615Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6616within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6617typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6618There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6619into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6620shared library.
6621
79082ff0 6622For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6623@smallexample
6624.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6625@end smallexample
339681c0 6626If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6627being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6628alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6629just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6630permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6631of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6632itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6633have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6634file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6635function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6636the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6637building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6638symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6639nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6640
6641If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6642references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6643reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6644symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6645
6646Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6647@smallexample
6648.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6649@end smallexample
6650In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6651the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6652difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6653references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6654
6655The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6656@smallexample
6657.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6658@end smallexample
6659When @var{name} is not defined within the
6660file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6661@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6662name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6663@end ifset
6664
6665@ifset COFF
6666@node Tag
6667@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6668
6669@cindex COFF structure debugging
6670@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6671@cindex @code{tag} directive
6672This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6673information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6674@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6675definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6676@ifset BOUT
6677
6678@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6679@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6680ignores it.
6681@end ifset
6682@end ifset
6683
6684@node Text
6685@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6686
6687@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6688Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6689the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6690expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6691is used.
6692
6693@node Title
6694@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6695
6696@cindex @code{title} directive
6697@cindex listing control: title line
6698Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6699source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6700
6701This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6702it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6703
c1253627 6704@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6705@node Type
c1253627
NC
6706@section @code{.type}
6707
6708This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6709
6710@ifset COFF
6711@ifset ELF
6712@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6713@subheading COFF Version
6714@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6715
6716@cindex COFF symbol type
6717@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6718@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6719For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6720@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6721
6722@smallexample
6723.type @var{int}
6724@end smallexample
6725
6726This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6727entry.
252b5132 6728
c91d2e08 6729@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6730@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6731@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6732directive but ignores it.
6733@end ifset
c1253627 6734@end ifset
c91d2e08 6735
c1253627
NC
6736@ifset ELF
6737@ifset COFF
6738@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6739@subheading ELF Version
6740@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6741
6742@cindex ELF symbol type
6743@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6744@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6745For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6746
6747@smallexample
6748.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6749@end smallexample
6750
6751This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6752function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6753supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6754compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6755
6756Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6757@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6758below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6759the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6760maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6761assemblers.
6762
6763The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6764
6765@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6766 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6767 .type <name>,#<type>
6768 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6769 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6770 .type <name>,"<type>"
6771@end smallexample
6772
6773The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6774
5671778d
NC
6775@table @gcctabopt
6776@item STT_FUNC
6777@itemx function
6778Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6779
d8045f23
NC
6780@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6781@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6782Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6783processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6784
5671778d
NC
6785@item STT_OBJECT
6786@itemx object
6787Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6788
6789@item STT_TLS
6790@itemx tls_object
6791Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6792
6793@item STT_COMMON
6794@itemx common
6795Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6796
6797@item STT_NOTYPE
6798@itemx notype
6799Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6800
3e7a7d11
NC
6801@item gnu_unique_object
6802Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6803will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6804name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6805systems).
3e7a7d11 6806
5671778d
NC
6807@end table
6808
6809Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6810
c1253627
NC
6811@end ifset
6812@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6813
6814@node Uleb128
6815@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6816
6817@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6818@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6819compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6820symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6821
6822@ifset COFF
6823@node Val
6824@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6825
6826@cindex @code{val} directive
6827@cindex COFF value attribute
6828@cindex value attribute, COFF
6829This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6830records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6831entry.
6832@ifset BOUT
6833
a4fb0134 6834@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6835configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6836@end ifset
6837@end ifset
6838
2e13b764 6839@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6840@node Version
6841@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6842
c1253627 6843@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6844This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6845formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6846@end ifset
2e13b764 6847
c91d2e08
NC
6848@ifset ELF
6849@node VTableEntry
6850@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6851
653cfe85 6852@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6853This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6854@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6855
c91d2e08
NC
6856@node VTableInherit
6857@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6858
653cfe85 6859@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6860This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6861@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6862parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6863parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6864@end ifset
2e13b764 6865
d190d046
HPN
6866@node Warning
6867@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6868@cindex warning directive
6869Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6870(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6871
c91d2e08
NC
6872@node Weak
6873@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6874
c1253627 6875@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6876This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6877@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6878
01642c12 6879On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6880directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6881@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6882
977cdf5a 6883On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6884When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6885alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6886
06e77878
AO
6887@node Weakref
6888@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6889
6890@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6891This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6892be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6893If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6894will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6895symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6896
6897The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6898assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6899symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6900resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6901had the references to the alias removed.
6902
6903The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6904within the assembler.
6905
252b5132
RH
6906@node Word
6907@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6908
6909@cindex @code{word} directive
6910This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6911separated by commas.
6912@ifclear GENERIC
6913@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6914For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6915@end ifset
6916@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6917For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6918@end ifset
6919@end ifclear
6920@ifset GENERIC
6921
6922The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6923depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6924@end ifset
6925
6926@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6927@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6928@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6929@cindex difference tables altered
6930@cindex altered difference tables
6931@quotation
6932@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6933@end quotation
6934
6935@ifset GENERIC
6936Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6937addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6938interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6939@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6940
6941@end ifset
6942In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6943@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6944Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6945compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6946directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6947@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6948creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6949This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6950first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6951of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6952table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6953contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6954@code{sym2}.
6955
6956If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6957secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6958@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6959long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6960and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6961minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6962entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6963
6964@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6965@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6966@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6967assembly language programmers.
6968@end ifset
6969@end ifset
6970@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6971
6972@node Deprecated
6973@section Deprecated Directives
6974
6975@cindex deprecated directives
6976@cindex obsolescent directives
6977One day these directives won't work.
6978They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6979@table @t
6980@item .abort
6981@item .line
6982@end table
6983
3a99f02f
DJ
6984@ifset ELF
6985@node Object Attributes
6986@chapter Object Attributes
6987@cindex object attributes
6988
6989@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6990into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6991Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6992point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6993requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6994passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6995hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6996generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6997newer generation at run-time.
6998
6999This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7000@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7001time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7002correctly.
7003
7004Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7005attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7006string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7007and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7008or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7009attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7010
7011Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7012The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7013
7014@menu
7015* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7016* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7017@end menu
7018
7019@node GNU Object Attributes
7020@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7021
7022The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7023with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7024
7025Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7026its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7027an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70282} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7029architecture-dependent ones.
7030
7031@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7032
7033These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7034
7035@table @r
7036@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7037The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7038the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7039then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7040than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7041arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7042@end table
7043
7044@subsection MIPS Attributes
7045
7046@table @r
7047@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7048The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7049
7050@itemize @bullet
7051@item
70520 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7053@item
f179c512
MF
70541 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7055double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7056@item
70572 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7058@item
70593 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7060@item
f179c512
MF
70614 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7062floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7063number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7064@item
70655 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7066with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7067general-purpose registers.
7068@item
70696 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7070registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7071@item
70727 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7073registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7074direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7075@end itemize
7076@end table
7077
7078@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7079
7080@table @r
7081@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7082The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7083
7084@itemize @bullet
7085@item
70860 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7087@item
3c7b9897 70881 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7089@item
70902 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7091@item
70923 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7093@end itemize
7094
7095@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7096The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7097
7098@itemize @bullet
7099@item
71000 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7101@item
71021 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7103@item
71042 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7105@item
71063 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7107@end itemize
7108@end table
7109
7110@node Defining New Object Attributes
7111@section Defining New Object Attributes
7112
7113If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7114will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7115mailing list.
7116
7117@itemize @bullet
7118@item
7119This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7120@item
7121The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7122@item
7123The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7124and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7125@item
7126Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7127@item
7128@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7129@item
7130GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7131@end itemize
7132
7133@end ifset
7134
252b5132
RH
7135@ifset GENERIC
7136@node Machine Dependencies
7137@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7138
7139@cindex machine dependencies
7140The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7141each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7142vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7143directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7144assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7145@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7146optimization.
7147
7148This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7149include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7150subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7151
7152@menu
a06ea964
NC
7153@ifset AARCH64
7154* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7155@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7156@ifset ALPHA
7157* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7158@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7159@ifset ARC
7160* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7161@end ifset
7162@ifset ARM
7163* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7164@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7165@ifset AVR
7166* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7167@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7168@ifset Blackfin
7169* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7170@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7171@ifset CR16
7172* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7173@end ifset
8bf549a8 7174@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7175* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7176@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7177@ifset D10V
7178* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7179@end ifset
7180@ifset D30V
7181* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7182@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7183@ifset EPIPHANY
7184* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7185@end ifset
252b5132 7186@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7187* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7188@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7189@ifset HPPA
7190* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7191@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7192@ifset I370
7193* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7194@end ifset
252b5132 7195@ifset I80386
55b62671 7196* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7197@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7198@ifset I860
7199* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7200@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7201@ifset I960
7202* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7203@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7204@ifset IA64
7205* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7206@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7207@ifset IP2K
7208* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7209@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7210@ifset LM32
7211* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7212@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7213@ifset M32C
7214* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7215@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7216@ifset M32R
7217* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7218@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7219@ifset M680X0
7220* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7221@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7222@ifset M68HC11
7223* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7224@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7225@ifset METAG
7226* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7227@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7228@ifset MICROBLAZE
7229* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7230@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7231@ifset MIPS
7232* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7233@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7234@ifset MMIX
7235* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7236@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7237@ifset MSP430
7238* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7239@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7240@ifset NDS32
7241* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7242@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7243@ifset NIOSII
7244* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7245@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7246@ifset NS32K
7247* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7248@end ifset
252b5132 7249@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7250* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7251* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7252@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7253@ifset PDP11
7254* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7255@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7256@ifset PJ
7257* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7258@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7259@ifset PPC
7260* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7261@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7262@ifset RL78
7263* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7264@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7265@ifset RX
7266* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7267@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7268@ifset S390
7269* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7270@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7271@ifset SCORE
7272* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7273@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7274@ifset SPARC
7275* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7276@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7277@ifset TIC54X
7278* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7279@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7280@ifset TIC6X
7281* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7282@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7283@ifset TILEGX
7284* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7285@end ifset
7286@ifset TILEPRO
7287* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7288@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7289@ifset V850
7290* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7291@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7292@ifset VAX
7293* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7294@end ifset
7295@ifset VISIUM
7296* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7297@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7298@ifset XGATE
7299* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7300@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7301@ifset XSTORMY16
7302* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7303@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7304@ifset XTENSA
7305* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7306@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7307@ifset Z80
7308* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7309@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7310@ifset Z8000
7311* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7312@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7313@end menu
7314
7315@lowersections
7316@end ifset
7317
7318@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7319@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7320@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7321@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7322@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7323@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7324@c in both conditional blocks.
7325
a06ea964
NC
7326@ifset AARCH64
7327@include c-aarch64.texi
7328@end ifset
7329
625e1353
RH
7330@ifset ALPHA
7331@include c-alpha.texi
7332@end ifset
7333
7334@ifset ARC
7335@include c-arc.texi
7336@end ifset
7337
252b5132
RH
7338@ifset ARM
7339@include c-arm.texi
7340@end ifset
7341
8473f7a4
DC
7342@ifset AVR
7343@include c-avr.texi
7344@end ifset
7345
3b4e1885 7346@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7347@include c-bfin.texi
7348@end ifset
7349
3d3d428f
NC
7350@ifset CR16
7351@include c-cr16.texi
7352@end ifset
7353
328eb32e
HPN
7354@ifset CRIS
7355@include c-cris.texi
7356@end ifset
7357
c2dcd04e 7358@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7359@ifclear GENERIC
7360@node Machine Dependencies
7361@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7362
c2dcd04e 7363The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7364and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7365chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7366family.
7367
7368@menu
c2dcd04e 7369* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7370* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7371@end menu
7372@lowersections
7373@end ifclear
7374@end ifset
7375
7376@ifset D10V
7377@include c-d10v.texi
7378@end ifset
7379
7380@ifset D30V
7381@include c-d30v.texi
7382@end ifset
7383
cfb8c092
NC
7384@ifset EPIPHANY
7385@include c-epiphany.texi
7386@end ifset
7387
252b5132
RH
7388@ifset H8/300
7389@include c-h8300.texi
7390@end ifset
7391
252b5132
RH
7392@ifset HPPA
7393@include c-hppa.texi
7394@end ifset
7395
5b93d8bb
AM
7396@ifset I370
7397@include c-i370.texi
7398@end ifset
7399
252b5132
RH
7400@ifset I80386
7401@include c-i386.texi
7402@end ifset
7403
e3308d0d
JE
7404@ifset I860
7405@include c-i860.texi
7406@end ifset
7407
252b5132
RH
7408@ifset I960
7409@include c-i960.texi
7410@end ifset
7411
9e32ca89
NC
7412@ifset IA64
7413@include c-ia64.texi
7414@end ifset
7415
a40cbfa3
NC
7416@ifset IP2K
7417@include c-ip2k.texi
7418@end ifset
7419
84e94c90
NC
7420@ifset LM32
7421@include c-lm32.texi
7422@end ifset
7423
49f58d10
JB
7424@ifset M32C
7425@include c-m32c.texi
7426@end ifset
7427
ec694b89
NC
7428@ifset M32R
7429@include c-m32r.texi
7430@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7431
7432@ifset M680X0
7433@include c-m68k.texi
7434@end ifset
7435
60bcf0fa
NC
7436@ifset M68HC11
7437@include c-m68hc11.texi
7438@end ifset
7439
a3c62988
NC
7440@ifset METAG
7441@include c-metag.texi
7442@end ifset
7443
01642c12 7444@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7445@include c-microblaze.texi
7446@end ifset
7447
252b5132
RH
7448@ifset MIPS
7449@include c-mips.texi
7450@end ifset
7451
3c3bdf30
NC
7452@ifset MMIX
7453@include c-mmix.texi
7454@end ifset
7455
2469cfa2
NC
7456@ifset MSP430
7457@include c-msp430.texi
7458@end ifset
7459
35c08157
KLC
7460@ifset NDS32
7461@include c-nds32.texi
7462@end ifset
7463
36591ba1
SL
7464@ifset NIOSII
7465@include c-nios2.texi
7466@end ifset
7467
252b5132
RH
7468@ifset NS32K
7469@include c-ns32k.texi
7470@end ifset
7471
e135f41b
NC
7472@ifset PDP11
7473@include c-pdp11.texi
7474@end ifset
7475
041dd5a9
ILT
7476@ifset PJ
7477@include c-pj.texi
7478@end ifset
7479
418c1742
MG
7480@ifset PPC
7481@include c-ppc.texi
7482@end ifset
7483
99c513f6
DD
7484@ifset RL78
7485@include c-rl78.texi
7486@end ifset
7487
046d31c2
NC
7488@ifset RX
7489@include c-rx.texi
7490@end ifset
7491
11c19e16
MS
7492@ifset S390
7493@include c-s390.texi
7494@end ifset
7495
c0157db4
NC
7496@ifset SCORE
7497@include c-score.texi
7498@end ifset
7499
252b5132
RH
7500@ifset SH
7501@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7502@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7503@end ifset
7504
7505@ifset SPARC
7506@include c-sparc.texi
7507@end ifset
7508
39bec121
TW
7509@ifset TIC54X
7510@include c-tic54x.texi
7511@end ifset
7512
40b36596
JM
7513@ifset TIC6X
7514@include c-tic6x.texi
7515@end ifset
7516
aa137e4d
NC
7517@ifset TILEGX
7518@include c-tilegx.texi
7519@end ifset
7520
7521@ifset TILEPRO
7522@include c-tilepro.texi
7523@end ifset
7524
b6605ddd
EB
7525@ifset V850
7526@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7527@end ifset
7528
7529@ifset VAX
7530@include c-vax.texi
7531@end ifset
7532
b6605ddd
EB
7533@ifset VISIUM
7534@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7535@end ifset
7536
f6c1a2d5
NC
7537@ifset XGATE
7538@include c-xgate.texi
7539@end ifset
7540
6753e72f
NC
7541@ifset XSTORMY16
7542@include c-xstormy16.texi
7543@end ifset
7544
e0001a05
NC
7545@ifset XTENSA
7546@include c-xtensa.texi
7547@end ifset
7548
b6605ddd
EB
7549@ifset Z80
7550@include c-z80.texi
7551@end ifset
7552
7553@ifset Z8000
7554@include c-z8k.texi
7555@end ifset
7556
252b5132
RH
7557@ifset GENERIC
7558@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7559@raisesections
7560@end ifset
7561
7562@node Reporting Bugs
7563@chapter Reporting Bugs
7564@cindex bugs in assembler
7565@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7566
a4fb0134 7567Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7568
7569Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7570not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7571entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7572Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7573
7574In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7575information that enables us to fix the bug.
7576
7577@menu
7578* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7579* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7580@end menu
7581
7582@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7583@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7584@cindex bug criteria
7585
7586If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7587
7588@itemize @bullet
7589@cindex fatal signal
7590@cindex assembler crash
7591@cindex crash of assembler
7592@item
7593If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7594@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7595
7596@cindex error on valid input
7597@item
a4fb0134 7598If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7599
7600@cindex invalid input
7601@item
a4fb0134 7602If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7603is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7604be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7605
7606@item
7607If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7608of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7609@end itemize
7610
7611@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7612@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7613@cindex bug reports
7614@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7615
7616A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7617you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7618contact that organization first.
7619
7620You can find contact information for many support companies and
7621individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7622distribution.
7623
ad22bfe8 7624@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7625In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7626to @value{BUGURL}.
7627@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7628
7629The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7630@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7631fact or leave it out, state it!
7632
7633Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7634and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7635name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7636not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7637happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7638perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7639the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7640give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7641and the most helpful.
7642
7643Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7644it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7645that the bug has not been reported previously.
7646
7647Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7648bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7649respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7650You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7651
7652To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7653
7654@itemize @bullet
7655@item
a4fb0134 7656The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7657it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7658
7659Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7660the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7661
7662@item
a4fb0134 7663Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7664
7665@item
7666The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7667version number.
7668
7669@item
a4fb0134 7670What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7671``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7672
7673@item
7674The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7675observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7676all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7677
7678If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7679and then we might not encounter the bug.
7680
7681@item
7682A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7683the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7684high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7685when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7686the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7687file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7688@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7689
7690@item
7691A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7692incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7693
a4fb0134 7694Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7695will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7696notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7697make a mistake.
7698
7699Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7700explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7701@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7702library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7703would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7704would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7705expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7706observations.
7707
7708@item
a4fb0134 7709If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7710diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7711option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7712discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7713by line number.
7714
7715The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7716sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7717@end itemize
7718
7719Here are some things that are not necessary:
7720
7721@itemize @bullet
7722@item
7723A description of the envelope of the bug.
7724
7725Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7726which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7727changes will not affect it.
7728
7729This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7730will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7731with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7732We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7733
7734Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7735of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7736output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7737less time, and so on.
7738
7739However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7740report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7741
7742@item
7743A patch for the bug.
7744
7745A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7746the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7747a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7748to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7749
a4fb0134 7750Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7751construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7752the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7753one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7754
7755And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7756patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7757help us to understand.
7758
7759@item
7760A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7761
7762Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7763things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7764@end itemize
7765
7766@node Acknowledgements
7767@chapter Acknowledgements
7768
653cfe85 7769If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7770it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7771maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7772@c (October 2012),
7773the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7774
7775Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7776more details?}
7777
7778Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7779information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7780extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7781
7782K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7783many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7784up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7785testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7786including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7787and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7788support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7789port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7790file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7791assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7792
7793Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7794in format-specific I/O modules.
7795
7796The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7797has done much work with it since.
7798
7799The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7800
7801Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7802
7803The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7804University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7805
7806Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7807(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7808(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7809support a.out format.
7810
7be1c489
AM
7811Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7812tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7813Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7814use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7815targets.
7816
7817John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7818simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7819updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7820fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7821remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7822cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7823required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7824
7825Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
782668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7827added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7828PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7829
653cfe85 7830Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7831
7832Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7833
7834Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7835along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7836formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7837the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7838
7839Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7840Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7841Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7842Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7843and some initial 64-bit support).
7844
c1253627 7845Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7846
252b5132
RH
7847Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7848support for openVMS/Alpha.
7849
39bec121
TW
7850Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7851flavors.
7852
e0001a05 7853David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7854Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7855
252b5132
RH
7856Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7857configuration enhancements.
7858
84e94c90
NC
7859Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7860
252b5132
RH
7861Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7862you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7863want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7864intentionally leaving anyone out.
7865
793c5807
NC
7866@node GNU Free Documentation License
7867@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7868@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7869
370b66a1
CD
7870@node AS Index
7871@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7872
7873@printindex cp
7874
252b5132
RH
7875@bye
7876@c Local Variables:
7877@c fill-column: 79
7878@c End:
This page took 1.17175 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.